manualshive.com logo in svg

NEC DSX, Software Manual

The NEC DSX User Manual is essential for maximizing the potential of your NEC DSX system. This comprehensive manual is available for free download from manualshive.com, providing step-by-step instructions and valuable insights on how to configure and operate your NEC DSX product effectively.

Share
Download
background image

Voice Mail

372

◆

Features

DSX Software Manual

Voice Mail

Description

The system is fully compatible with IntraMail, UltraMail, and NVM-Series Voice Mail with Automated 
Attendant Systems. These systems provide telephone users with comprehensive voice mail and Automated 
Attendant features. Automated Attendant automatically answers the system’s incoming calls. After listening 
to a customized message, an outside caller can dial a system extension or use voice mail. 

When installing 

voice mail, refer to the documentation provided with your voice mail system for the speci

fi

cs.

Integrated voice mail enhances the telephone system with the following features:

Call Forwarding to Voice Mail

An extension user can forward their calls to voice mail. Once forwarded, calls to the extension connect to 
that extension’s mailbox. The caller can leave a message in the mailbox instead of calling back later. For-
warding can occur for all calls immediately, for unanswered calls or when the extension is busy, or just for 
unanswered calls.

Leaving a Message

Voice mail lets a keyset extension user easily leave a message at an extension that is unanswered, busy, or in 
Do Not Disturb. The caller just presses 

V-MAIL

 to leave a message in the called extension’s mailbox. There 

is no need to call back later.

Transferring to Voice Mail

By using Transfer to Voice Mail, an extension user can Transfer a call to the user’s own or a co-worker’s 
mailbox. After the Transfer goes through, the caller can leave a message in the mailbox. The caller will hear 
the entire mailbox greeting after the Transfer goes through.

Conversation Record

While on a call, an extension user can have voice mail record the conversation. The keyset user just presses 
their Record key. Once recorded, the voice mail stores the conversation as a new message in the user’s mail-
box. After calling their mailbox, a user can save, edit or delete the recorded conversation. The ability to use 
Conversation Record is controlled by an extension’s Class of Service.

Conversation Record Key for a Co-worker’s Mailbox

An extension user can have a Record key for a co-worker’s mailbox. While on a call, the user can press the 
key to record their conversation directly into the co-worker’s mailbox. The user can set up the Record key to 
record into any valid Subscriber Mailbox (including IntraMail Group Mailboxes and Master Mailboxes pro-
grammed as Subscriber Mailboxes). This could help a dispatcher, for example, that wants to record a conver-
sation with a client right into the responsible technician’s mailbox.

An extension can have multiple Record keys, each associated with a different mailbox. In addition, setting 
up a Record key for a co-worker’s mailbox is also available on DSS Consoles.

Voice mail ends the frustration and cost of missed calls, inaccurate written messages and 
telephone tag, freeing up the company’s receptionists and secretaries for more production work.

Caution

The use of monitoring, recording, or listening devices to eavesdrop, monitor, retrieve, or record telephone 
conversations or other sound activities, whether or not contemporaneous with transmission, may be ille-
gal in certain circumstances under federal or state laws. Legal advice should be sought prior to imple-
menting any practice that monitors or records any telephone conversation. Some federal and state laws 
require some form of noti

fi

cation to all parties to a telephone conversation, such as using a beep tone or 

other noti

fi

cation methods or requiring the consent of all parties to the telephone conversation, prior to 

monitoring or recording the telephone conversation.Some of these laws incorporate strict penalties.

Summary of Contents for DSX

Page 1: ...ical Support site on the web at http www necdsx com Introduction Features System 1001 1702 Station 2101 2501 Line 3101 3715 Voice Mail 4101 4231 Maintenance 9001 9042 Empowered by Innovation Software Manual P N 1093100 Rev 3 June 2006 Printed in U S A 01 00 00 ...

Page 2: ...d Solutions Inc has no obligation to provide any updates or corrections to this manual Further NEC Unified Solutions Inc also reserves the right without prior notice to make changes in equipment design or components as it deems appropriate No representation is made that this manual is complete or accurate in all respects and NEC Unified Solutions Inc shall not be liable for any errors or omissions...

Page 3: ... Forced Account Codes 14 Verified Account Codes 14 Using Account Codes and Speed Dial 14 Using Account Codes with Last Number Redial and Save 14 Account Codes and Emergency Calls 15 DSS Console Account Code Key 15 Alphanumeric Display 21 Attendant Call Queuing 22 Operator Call Key 22 Attendant Position 24 Auto Redial 28 Automatic Handsfree 30 Automatic Ring Down 32 Automatic Slot Configuration 33 ...

Page 4: ...on with Voice Mail 63 Second Call Caller ID Extension Level Call Waiting Caller ID 63 Third Party Caller ID Check 64 Caller ID Display Separator 64 Caller ID to Single Line Telephones 64 Caller ID Logging 68 Types of Calls that are Logged 69 Caller ID and Answering Machines 69 Central Office Calls Answering 74 Answering Priority 74 Overflow 74 Single Ring Option for Single Line Sets 74 User Progra...

Page 5: ...e Distinctive Ringing Hierarchy 135 Understanding Ring Types 136 When Multiple Calls Ring an Extension 136 Do Not Disturb 143 Do Not Disturb BLF for Hotline and Call Coverage Keys 143 Do Not Disturb Override 146 Door Box 147 Door Box Relays 147 Door Box Alerts 147 Equal Access Compatibility 152 Extended Ringing 153 Extension Hunting 154 Circular Hunting 154 Terminal Hunting 155 Uniform Call Distri...

Page 6: ...ng 214 Overflow for Key Ring Calls 214 Language Selection 217 Language Selection and SMDR 217 Last Number Redial 219 Enhanced Last Number Redial 219 Line Group Routing 223 Line Groups 225 Line Keys 227 Answering Priority 227 User Programmable Feature 229 Line Queuing Line Callback 230 Line Queuing 230 Line Callback 230 Line Queuing Priority 230 Loop Keys 233 Switched Loop Keys 233 Fixed Loop Keys ...

Page 7: ...7 System Park Orbit Recall Display 267 PBX Centrex Compatibility 270 PBX Centrex Access Codes 270 PBX Centrex Access Codes and Toll Restriction 270 PBX Centrex Access Codes and Account Codes 270 PBX Centrex Access Codes and SMDR 271 PC Program System Administrator 272 Prime Line Preference 274 Idle Prime Line 274 Intercom Prime Line 274 Prime Line vs Ringing Line Preference 274 User Programmable F...

Page 8: ...ssage Detail Recording 328 Call Duration Independent of System Clock 328 System Administrator PC Program 333 System Identification 334 System Programming Backup and Restore 335 System Programming Password Protection 336 T1 Lines 338 ANI DNIS Support 338 FSK Caller ID 338 E1 Lines 338 Tandem Calls Unsupervised Conference 341 Tie Lines 344 Time and Date 349 User Programmable Feature 350 Toll Restric...

Page 9: ...ring Machine Emulation 373 Voice Mail Overflow 373 Message Center Mailbox 373 Interactive Soft Key Shows New Messages 373 Call Forwarding Timers and Voice Mail 374 User Programmable Features 383 Voice Over 385 Volume Brightness and Contrast Controls 388 Volume Control Presets 388 Display Brightness and Contrast Control 388 Display Brightness and Contrast Control Presets 388 Walking Class of Servic...

Page 10: ...utomatic Routing for Rotary Dial Callers 442 Bilingual Voice Prompts 443 How the System Handles Language Priority 443 Call Forward to a Mailbox 447 Call Forwarding a Subscriber s Direct Inward Line to their Mailbox 447 Logging Onto a Subscriber Mailbox while Listening to the Greeting 447 Call Routing Mailbox 450 Call Screening 453 Call Screening and Group Mailboxes 453 Automatic Call Screening 453...

Page 11: ...Menu 507 Leaving a Message 509 Additional Options While Leaving a Message 509 Listening to Messages 512 Handling Partially Reviewed Messages 513 Telephone Display while Listening to a Message 513 Log Onto Voice Mail 515 Local On site Logon 515 Remote Log On 515 Mailbox Name 518 Mailbox Options Menu 520 Mailbox Security Code Delete 522 Main Menu 523 Make Call 525 Master Mailbox 527 Message Count Di...

Page 12: ...7 Screened vs Unscreened Transfer 567 Screened Transfer and Inactive Mailboxes 567 Security Code 570 Single Digit Dialing 572 Subscriber Mailbox 574 System Administrator 576 System Administrator Mailbox 578 System Reinitialization 579 Time and Date with Voice Mail 580 Time and Date Stamp 581 Time and Date Stamp with Caller ID 581 Transfer to a Mailbox 583 Transfer Message Handling 583 Transfer to ...

Page 13: ...mming 602 1031 Password Entry 602 1031 01 New Password 602 11xx CPU 603 110x I O 603 1101 RS232 Settings 603 1101 01 Baud Rate 603 1102 Modem Settings 604 1103 USB Settings 605 1104 Ethernet Setup 606 1104 01 System IP Address 606 1104 02 System Subnet Mask 606 1104 03 Default Gateway 607 111x Tones 608 1111 DTMF Setup 608 1111 01 Manual DTMF Tone On 608 1111 02 Manual DTMF Tone Off 608 1111 03 Sp...

Page 14: ...ter Extension Number 627 14xx COS Class of Service 628 140x Station 628 1401 Features 628 1401 01 System Speed Dial Access 628 1401 02 Extended Ring 628 1401 03 Privacy 628 1401 04 ACD Supervisor 629 1401 05 Soft Keys 629 1401 06 Conversation Record 629 1401 07 DND Override 629 1401 08 Receive DID Calls 630 1401 09 Receive DID Camp On 631 1401 10 Name Programming 631 1401 11 Language Programming 6...

Page 15: ... 644 1407 04 Make Page Into Zone 3 645 1407 05 Make Page Into Zone 4 645 1407 06 Make Page Into Zone 5 645 1407 07 Make Page Into Zone 6 645 1407 08 Make Page Into Zone 7 646 141x Line 647 1411 Access 647 1411 01 Camp On to Busy Lines 647 1411 02 Line Queue Priority 647 1411 03 Automatic Hold 647 1411 04 Enhanced Last Number Redial 648 1411 05 Unsupervised Conference 648 1412 Toll Restriction 649 ...

Page 16: ... 665 1532 01 64 External Page Line Ringing 665 154x SMDR Station Message Detail Recording 666 1541 Setup 666 1541 01 SMDR Port 666 1541 02 Print SMDR Headers 666 1541 03 SMDR Language 666 155x Account Codes 667 1551 Setup 667 1551 01 Dial to Enter Account Codes 667 1551 02 Allow Account Codes in Speed Dial Bins 667 1551 03 Show Account Codes on Telephone Display 667 1551 04 Account Code Toll Restr...

Page 17: ...er 685 1612 02 DP Make Timer 685 1612 03 DP Interdigit Timer 685 1612 04 PBX Centrex Flash Timer 686 1612 05 Flash Disconnect Timer 686 1612 06 Ground Start Timer 686 1612 07 Shunt Pause Timer 687 1613 Loop Control 688 1613 01 Loop Current Detection Timer 688 1613 02 Far End Disconnect Timer 688 1613 03 Power Failure Recovery Detect Timer 689 162x SLI Analog Single Line Timers 690 1621 Incoming 69...

Page 18: ...Timers 704 1651 01 Transmit Seize Acknowledge Timer 704 1651 02 Transmit Digit Acknowledge Timer 704 1651 03 Transmit Answer Timer 704 1651 04 Transmit Forced Clear Signal Timer 704 1651 05 Transmit Seize Signal BZL Timer 705 1651 06 Transmit Double Answer BZL Timer 705 1652 RX Receive Timers 706 1652 01 Receive Minimum Seize Acknowledge Timer 706 1652 02 Receive Maximum Seize Acknowledge Timer 70...

Page 19: ...tup 714 1701 Format 714 1701 01 Number of System Speed Dial Bins 714 1702 Assignment System Speed Dial Assignment 715 1702 001 999 Select System Speed Dial Bin to Program 715 1702 001 999 System Speed Dial Bin Type 715 1702 001 999 System Speed Dial Bin Line 715 1702 001 999 System Speed Dial Bin Group 716 1702 001 999 System Speed Dial Bin Number 716 1702 001 999 System Speed Dial Bin Name 717 ...

Page 20: ...2103 07 Station s Ring A Tone 728 2103 08 Station s Ring B Tone 728 2103 09 Station s Ring C Tone 728 2104 Display 729 2104 01 Backlight Brightness While Active 729 2104 02 Backlight Brightness While Idle 729 2104 03 Key Pad Illumination 729 211x Options 731 2111 Features 731 2111 01 Allow Do Not Disturb 731 2111 02 Allow Background Music 731 2111 03 Enable DSS BLF Keys 731 2111 04 Ringing Line Pr...

Page 21: ...Hook Signaling for Incoming Outside Calls 750 2117 Call Logging Caller ID Logging 751 2117 01 Caller ID Log Type 751 2117 01 Caller ID Log Size 751 2117 01 Caller ID Log Group 752 212x Keys 753 2121 Feature Keys 753 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Codes 758 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Data 758 2122 Ring Override Key Ring Override 759 2122 01 to 24 Key Ring Override 759 2123 BLF DSS Keys 760 2123 01 24 DSS...

Page 22: ...1 01 Ring Group Name 779 2201 02 Ring Group Incoming Ring Type 780 221x IntraMail Ring Group Mailbox 781 2211 Type 781 2211 01 Mailbox Type 781 2211 01 Routing Mailbox Number 781 2212 Setup 782 2212 01 Number of Messages 782 2212 02 Message Retention 782 2212 03 System Administrator 782 2212 04 Ring Group Mailbox Voice Prompt Language 783 2213 Options 784 2213 01 Message Playback Order 784 2213 02...

Page 23: ...e Waiting Lamp 797 2313 05 Recording Conversation Beep 797 2314 Auto Attendant Automated Attendant 798 2314 01 Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb 798 2314 02 Forced Unscreened Transfer 798 2314 03 Dialing Option 798 2314 04 Next Call Routing Mailbox 799 2314 05 Directory List Number 799 24xx DSS Consoles 800 240x Setup 800 2401 Config DSS Console Configuration 800 2401 01 DSS Owner 800 2402 Keys DSS Co...

Page 24: ...7 3111 04 Enable MFC Group B 818 3111 05 Store and Forward 818 3111 06 Station Message Detail Recording 818 3112 Termination 819 3112 01 Direct Termination in the Day 819 3112 02 Enable Day Overflow 819 3112 03 Day Overflow Destination 820 3112 04 Direct Termination at Night 820 3112 05 Enable Night Overflow 820 3112 06 Night Overflow Destination 821 3113 Ringing 822 3113 01 Pickup Group Assignmen...

Page 25: ...02 01 Day Translation Destination 836 3302 01 Night Translation Destination 836 3302 01 MFC Category 837 34xx PBX 838 340x Setup 838 3401 Codes 838 3401 01 PBX Access Code Digits 838 35xx Toll Restriction 839 350x Setup 839 3501 Type 839 3501 01 Toll Restriction Country Type 839 3501 02 Emergency Number 839 351x Options 840 3511 Settings 840 3511 01 Active Key Pad 840 3512 U S Dialing 841 3512 01 ...

Page 26: ...xx AC Codes Verified Account Codes Table 854 360x Setup 854 3601 Codes 854 3601 xx Verified Account Code Data 854 37xx Caller ID System Wide Options 855 370x Log Groups Caller ID Logging Groups 855 3701 Setup 855 3701 01 08 Caller ID Logging Group Size 855 371x Callback 856 3711 Route 856 3711 01 Caller ID Callback Route Type 856 3711 01 Caller ID Callback Line 856 3711 01 Caller ID Callback Group...

Page 27: ...4201 02 Incoming Message Length 872 4201 03 Message Backup Go Ahead Time 872 4202 Notification Message Notification Options 873 4202 01 Wait Between Non Pager Callout Attempts 873 4202 02 Wait Between Digital Pager Callout Attempts 873 4202 03 Wait Between Busy Non Pager Callout Attempts 874 4202 04 Wait Between RNA Non Pager Callout Attempts 875 4202 05 Wait for Answer Non Pager Callout Attempts ...

Page 28: ...irectory Options Directory Dialing Mailbox Options 895 4224 01 Directory List Number to Use 895 4224 02 Time Limit for Dialing Commands 895 4224 03 Screened Transfer Timeout 896 4224 04 Extension Name Match 897 4224 05 Minimum Number of Letters Required 897 4224 06 Transfer Options 898 4224 07 Next Call Routing Mailbox 899 4224 08 Fax Detection 899 4224 09 Fax Transfer Extension 900 423x Dial Acti...

Page 29: ...alize Toll Restriction 918 9012 01 Initialize Toll Restriction 918 9013 CID Logs Initialize Caller ID Logs 919 9013 01 Initialize Caller ID Logs 919 9014 Ring Tones Initialize Ring Tones 920 9014 01 Initialize Ring Tones 920 902x Copy 921 9021 Station Copy 921 9021 01 Station Copy 921 9022 Line Copy 923 9022 01 Line Copy 923 903x Swap Ports 925 9031 Station Swap 925 9031 01 Station Swap 925 9032 L...

Page 30: ...Table of Contents xxviii Table of Contents DSX Software Manual ...

Page 31: ...on charts at the end of each feature IntraMail For description programming related features and operation of each IntraMail Voice Mail with Auto mated Attendant feature turn to the IntraMail chapter System 1001 1702 Turn to this chapter for details on the DSX system option programming Station 2101 2501 Refer to this chapter for details on the DSX station option programming Line 3101 3715 For detai...

Page 32: ... Calls Placing page 78 Pressing INTERCOM dialing 9 then dialing the outside number See Line Group Routing page 223 Line Dial Up and Direct Line Access are disabled See Central Office Calls Placing page 78 for more 3 All extensions have full incoming and outgoing access to all outside lines See Initial Startup Programming on the next page if you want to change this assignment 4 The default Feature ...

Page 33: ...2 Using 902x Copy page 921 may save you time 1 In 2132 01 64 Line Ringing page 764 set the ringing option for each extension 0 for lamp only no ringing day and night 1 for day and night ringing 2 for night ringing only 3 for delay ringing day and night 2 Using 902x Copy page 921 may save you time 1 Turn to System Programming Password Protection page 336 to learn more about system passwords 1 Turn ...

Page 34: ... Checking your System s Software Level How to Check your System s Software Level To check your system s software level 1 Press INTERCOM 2 Dial The system software level shows on the first line of your display You see DSX nn vxx xx xx 3 Press SPEAKER to exit ...

Page 35: ...er Leaving a Callback for a co worker Central Office Calls Placing INTERCOM 9 Line number e g 01 Using Line Dial Up to place an out side call INTERCOM Line extension number e g 101 Using Direct Line Access to place an outside call INTERCOM 9 or 90 98 Accessing a Line Group to place an outside call Dial Number Preview Previewing a number before dialing Directed Call Pickup INTERCOM Extension Interc...

Page 36: ...ERCOM System bin 201 299 or Personal bin 701 720 Dialing a System or Personal Speed Dial number Transfer INTERCOM Extension e g 301 Transferring a call to a co worker s extension INTERCOM Extension e g 301 V MAIL Transferring a call to a co worker s mailbox Line Queuing Line Callback 2 Queuing or leaving a Callback for a busy line Voice Mail INTERCOM V MAIL Calling your mailbox from your key set L...

Page 37: ... Groups 16 1 16 0 unassigned Speed Dial Personal 20 bins at each extension 701 720 See Speed Dial page 315 for additional information on Speed Dial capacities Speed Dial System 999 Tenant Groups 1 Timeslots Non blocking Toll Restriction Levels 7 1 7 0 no restriction Voice Mail Master Numbers 1 normally 700 Lines Direct Line Access Codes 101 108 101 164 Line Dial Up Codes 901 908 901 964 Ring Group...

Page 38: ...ation Numbers 34 1 34 128 1 128 Total Number of Station Devices 34 This includes digital extensions analog extensions and analog Door Boxes 128 May be limited by load factor Paging and Park Page Zones Internal 7 zones 1 7 and All Call 0 Page Zone External All Call and zone 1 broadcast from the Page audio minijack Page Relays 2 in each built in Door Box port 2 in each 2PGDAD Module Future 2 in each...

Page 39: ...CONF HOLD MNO WXYZ In DSX 40 Keys 1 8 are line keys Keys 9 12 are undefined In DSX 80 160 Keys 1 12 are line keys For Attendants Key 12 is the Operator Call key Thu June 8 11 52 AM Pat Smith x301 Menu Dir VM 00 CL 00 1093100 2 Speed Dial Bin keys Feature keys Soft keys Alpanumeric Display Ring Message Lamp Microphone Fixed Function keys Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 Line 5 Line 6 Line 7 Line 8 Line ...

Page 40: ... DSX 40 Keys 1 8 are line keys Keys 9 24 are undefined In DSX 80 160 Keys 1 12 are line keys Keys 13 24 are undefined For Attendants Key 24 is the Operator Call key Speed Dial Bin keys Feature keys Soft keys Alpanumeric Display Ring Message Lamp Microphone Fixed Function keys Thu June 8 11 52 AM Pat Smith x301 Menu Dir VM 00 CL 00 Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 Line 5 Line 6 Line 7 Line 8 Line 9 Line...

Page 41: ...00 Calls 00 Menu Pa e SP Dial 2 1093100 4 SP Dial 1 g In DSX 40 Keys 1 8 are line keys Keys 9 24 are undefined In DSX 80 160 Keys 1 12 are line keys Keys 13 24 are undefined For Attendants Key 24 is the Operator Call key Soft keys Feature keys Soft keys Alpanumeric Display Ring Message Lamp Microphone Fixed Function keys Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 Line 5 Line 6 Line 7 Line 8 Line 9 Line 10 Line 1...

Page 42: ...093100 3 RELEASE 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 ALL CALL Park 60 Park 61 Night Park 62 Park 63 Park 64 Park 65 Park 66 Page 1 Page 2 Page 3 ...

Page 43: ...with the default factory installed programming When initially installed the system uses the default setting For specific default settings on each programmable option follow the cross reference to that option Programming This heading provides a handy easy to understand step by step guide to the system programming required to activate and or customize the feature If you need more detail about an opt...

Page 44: ...e the system prevents the call Verified Account Codes if enabled apply only to Forced Account Codes Using Account Codes and Speed Dial To simplify Account Code operation Personal and System Speed Dial bins can contain Account Codes Keep the following in mind when using Speed Dial and Account Codes The Account Code can be either the first or last entry in the bin and must be preceded and followed b...

Page 45: ...in 1551 03 Show Account Codes on Telephone Display page 667 enterYes 2 If no in 1551 03 Show Account Codes on Telephone Display page 667 enter No 1 If yes in 2121 Feature Keys page 753 select an available key and assign it key code 26 2 If no make sure the keyset has no Account Code keys key code 26 assigned in 2121 Feature Keys page 753 1 If yes in 2401 Config DSS Console Configuration page 800 s...

Page 46: ...r No 1 If yes in 3111 01 Disable Forced Account Codes page 817 enterYes 2 If no in 3111 01 Disable Forced Account Codes page 817 enter No Setting Up Verified Account Codes 1 In 2102 01 Class of Service page 724 check the extension s Class of Service level 2 If yes In 1412 05 Verified Account Codes page 651 enterYes In 36xx AC Codes Verified Account Codes Table page 854 enter codes into the Verifie...

Page 47: ... 852 make a deny table with no entries i e deny nothing This is the default setting 10 In 2102 01 Class of Service page 724 assign the Class of Service with Forced Account Codes enabled to the extension 11 In 2102 02 Station Toll Level Day page 724 and 2102 03 Station Toll Level Night page 724 be sure the extension does not use Toll Level 2 If it does Toll Restriction will always deny 1 900 and 90...

Page 48: ...an allow table and enter 800 9 In 356x XXX XXX TBL B XXXXXX NPA NXX Dialing 6 Digit Table page 852 make a deny table with no entries i e deny nothing This is the default setting 10 In 2102 01 Class of Service page 724 assign the Class of Service with Forced Account Codes enabled to the extension With this programming an extension user can 1 Press a line key or dial a code for an outside line 2 Wai...

Page 49: ...n Optional Unforced Account Codes Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key For keysets Optional Account Codes apply to both incoming and outgoing calls For outgoing calls you can enter the Account Code before or after dialing the outside number For Single Line sets Optional Account Codes apply only to outgoing calls You must enter the Acco...

Page 50: ...count Code An Account Code can be up to 10 digits long using the digits 0 9 If your system has Verified Account Codes enabled you must enter one from the Verified Account Codes Table If you enter an invalid Verified Account Code your call will be cut off in the next step Skip this step to bypass Account Code entry for example when dialing a local call and your system requires Account Codes only fo...

Page 51: ...ay telephones see 22 Button Display Telephone on page 9 see 34 Button Display Telephone on page 10 see 34 Button Super Display Telephone on page 11 To learn more about the Soft Keys see Interactive Soft Keys on page 210 Conditions None Default Setting Enabled for all display telephones Programming None Other Related Features Features Interactive Soft Keys page 210 The interactive Soft keys provide...

Page 52: ...ault Once assigned key 12 on 22 button or key 24 on 34 button is an Operator Call Key Programming See Attendant Position page 24 for required attendant programming Other Related Features Features Attendant Position page 24 Assign system attendants Call Coverage Keys page 40 A Call Coverage Key will not pick up a call ringing the attendant s Operator Call Key Off Hook Signaling page 255 The Operato...

Page 53: ...l Features 23 Features Operation Attendant Call Queuing Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To answer a call flashing the Operator Call Key 1 Press the flashing Operator Call key ...

Page 54: ...ther user s active outside call This option is enabled in the attendant s Class of Service COS 1 Line Queuing Line Callback page 230 The attendant can Camp On queue for a busy line This option is enabled in the attendant s Class of Service COS 1 Night Service Night Ring page 252 An attendant with a System Night key can put the system in the night mode This option is enabled in the attendant s Clas...

Page 55: ...Number page 744 assign an operator to each extension 3 For no operators In 1501 01 Number of Operators page 652 enter 0 In 2114 03 Station s Operator Extension Number page 744 remove the assignment for each extension 1 If yes In 2116 03 Off Hook Signaling for Incoming Outside Calls page 750 for the attendant s exten sion enter 1 for Camp On or 2 for Off Hook Ringing 2 If no In 2116 03 Off Hook Sig...

Page 56: ... the Door Box Feature Keys page 169 If an operator is reassigned i e moved from 300 to 301 only the Operator Call key will automati cally follow the new assignment All other Feature Keys must be reprogrammed for the new operator Group Ring page 189 System operators will not ring for Ring Group calls Intercom page 211 Designate each extension s operator Monitor Silent Monitor page 243 Since the att...

Page 57: ...Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To call the attendant 1 Press INTERCOM You hear dial tone 2 Dial 0 You hear two beeps This calls the attendant assigned to your extension If your system has multiple attendants you can reach them by dialing 01 04 In a multiple attendant system you can dial 0 and wait on the line to automatically call operator 1 ...

Page 58: ...om call by lifting the handset or pressing SPEAKER Presses SPEAKER to cancel Auto Redial Presses any other fixed feature key except MIC Lifts and replaces the handset Presses the CANCEL soft key Super Display only For your reference the following table shows the standard call progress tones Conditions None Default Setting Enabled Instead of redialing have Auto Redial periodically retry a busy outs...

Page 59: ...Soft Key To enable Auto Redial 1 Place an outside call and receive busy tone 2 Auto Redial Alnd Press to enable Auto Redial The system enables Auto Redial for the last outside call you dialed You see WAITING 30 SEC AUTO REDIAL 1 OF 15 The display shows the interval between callout attempts e g 30 seconds as well as how many times redial has occurred e g 1 of 15 SPEAKER winks when your telephone ha...

Page 60: ...l bin keys Personal and System Speed Dial Feature Keys The system always provides Automatic Handsfree for Dial Number Preview Directory Dialing Conditions None Default Setting Enabled Programming 1 To enable in 1512 01 Automatic Handsfree page 657 enterYes 2 To disable in 1512 01 Automatic Handsfree page 657 enter No 1 To enable in 2112 01 Automatic Handsfree page 735 enterYes 2 To disable in 2112...

Page 61: ...ss calls using the speaker and microphone in the telephone instead of the handset Headset Compatibility page 198 While in the headset mode Automatic Handsfree simplifies answering outside calls Line Keys page 227 Automatic Handsfree allows the keyset user to answer a call ringing a line key without lifting the handset they just press the line key instead Loop Keys page 233 Automatic Handsfree allo...

Page 62: ...Automatic Ring Down 32 Features DSX Software Manual Automatic Ring Down Description Turn to Ringdown Extension page 293 ...

Page 63: ...ne PCBs together although it may be more convenient to do so 3 Power up the system 4 On power up the system scans the PCBs from left to right and sets up the extension and line numbering as follows Extension numbers will begin with 300 in the first slot and increment from left to right Line numbers will begin with 101 starting from the first installed line PCB and will also increment from left to ...

Page 64: ...S copyright law a license may be required from the American Society of Composers Authors and Publishers ASCAP or other similar organizations if radio television broadcasts or music other than material not in the public domain are transmitted through the Music on Hold feature of telecom munications systems NEC Unified Solutions Inc hereby disclaims any liability arising out of the failure to obtain...

Page 65: ...old page 246 Background Music and Music on Hold share the same music source Paging page 259 Background Music can broadcast over the External Paging speakers Single Line Telephones page 305 Background Music is not available to single line telephones IntraMail Features None Operation Background Music Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key ...

Page 66: ... of Service page 724 check the extension s Class of Service level 2 To block Barge In attempts in 1401 03 Privacy page 628 enterYes 3 To allow Barge In attempts in 1401 03 Privacy page 628 enter No Other Related Features Features Attendant Position page 24 Since the attendant is never busy Intercom callers cannot Barge In on an attendant Conference page 89 An extension user can Barge In on a Confe...

Page 67: ...on a call 1 Place one of the following types of call Call busy extension Press line key for busy line Press INTERCOM and dial 101 for busy line i e using Direct Line Access Press INTERCOM and dial 901 for busy line i e using Line Dial up Press INTERCOM and dial Line Group access code e g 9 2 Barge In MORE Barg Press to Barge In Alternately dial 4 You hear two beeps 3 Join the conversation in progr...

Page 68: ...ustomer supplied Uninterruptable Power Sup ply UPS The length of time the UPS will power the system when power fails depends on the capacity of the UPS unit Consult with the UPS manufacturer for the specifics Refer to the Hardware Manual for addi tional details Conditions None Default Setting None Programming None Other Related Features Features When commercial AC power fails the system does not b...

Page 69: ...Brightness Control DSX Software Manual Features 39 Features Brightness Control Description Turn to Volume Brightness and Contrast Controls page 388 ...

Page 70: ...roup master number Calls ringing a Group Ring master number Transferred calls Call Coverage Keys will not intercept a call ringing the attendant s Operator Call Key Call Coverage Guard Timer The 4 second Call Coverage Guard Timer helps extensions that have the same Call Coverage key assign ments As soon as an extension user presses their Call Coverage key to answer a call the key becomes unavailab...

Page 71: ...umber 1 In 2402 01 60 DSS Console Key Codes page 801 For an Immediate Ring Call Coverage key assign key code 06 For a No Ring Lamp Only Call Coverage key assign key code 07 For a Delay Ring Call Coverage key assign key code 08 2 In 2402 01 60 DSS Console Key Data page 801 enter the destination the key will cover Extension number Ring Group master number UCD Group master number 1 In 1604 02 Call Co...

Page 72: ...l UCD Group or a dummy group with no members Group Ring page 189 A keyset can have Call Coverage keys for Ring Group master numbers Hotline page 207 Hotline keys provide many of the features available with Call Coverage keys Intercom page 211 A user can press a Call Coverage Key as an alternative to dialing Intercom numbers Key Ring page 214 Call Coverage will pick up Key Ring calls Transfer page ...

Page 73: ...erage Keys to Transfer Calls Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To Transfer your call using a Call Coverage key 1 Do not hang up 2 Press TRANSFER 3 Press your Call Coverage key 4 Do one of the following a Announce the call to make a Screened Transfer Hang up if your co worker accepts the call b Hang up to send the call through as an ...

Page 74: ...Call Forwarded to voice mail callers to 301 or 304 go directly to 302 s mailbox Call Forwarding Cancel Call Forwarding cancel allows a keyset user to dial a code to simultaneously cancel all Call Forwarding sys tem wide The extension must have access level 4 or 5 set up in 2102 04 User Programming Access Level page 725 Call Forwarding Key A keyset user can have a key on their telephone or DSS Cons...

Page 75: ... the extension is idle pressing the bin key puts the extension in the Call Forwarding programming mode the same as pressing INTERCOM and dialing 3 If the extension has Call Forwarding enabled and the user presses the bin key and waits for at least 6 seconds Call Forwarding is automatically cancelled If the extension has Call Forwarding disabled and the user presses the bin key and waits for at lea...

Page 76: ...ed Busy No Answer type 2 to exten sion C If unanswered the call then rings extension C the forward destination for the Call Forward Ring No Answer time If still unanswered call diverts to Key Ring 1601 03 Call Forward No Answer Timer page 670 If still unanswered the call rings the extension that initially transferred the call A for the Call Forward Ring No Answer time 1601 02 DIL No Answer Timer p...

Page 77: ...601 02 DIL No Answer Timer page 669 1601 02 DIL No Answer Timer page 669 DIL rings programmed DIL destination for the DIL No Answer time DIL with overflow rings programmed destina tion which is forwarded Busy No Answer type 2 to a co worker If unanswered the call rings the extension to which it is forwarded for the DIL No Answer time If still unanswered call diverts to Key Ring 1601 02 DIL No Answ...

Page 78: ...rd their calls to an off site location such as a cell phone or remote office Direct Inward Line page 109 Call Forwarding will reroute Direct Inward Lines Do Not Disturb page 143 Call Forwarding considers an extension in DND as busy In addition an extension can have both DND and Call Forwarding enabled at the same time Note that Call Forwarding has priority over Do Not Disturb If both are enabled s...

Page 79: ...n user cannot leave a Message Waiting at a co worker that has Call Forwarding Immediate 34 enabled Pressing V MAIL automatically leaves a message at the forwarding destination instead An extension user cannot leave a Message Waiting at a busy co worker that has Call Forwarding Busy No Answer 32 enabled Pressing V MAIL will automatically leave a message at the forward ing destination instead Select...

Page 80: ... Call Forwarding Off Premises page 51 for more Ans Machine MORE AME Select Personal Answering Machine Emulation Alternately dial 7 Skip to Personal Answering Machine Emulation page 373 for more Message MORE MSG Select Selectable Display Messaging Alternately dial 8 Skip to Selectable Display Messaging page 300 for more None MORE MORE NONE Select to cancel Call Forwarding Alternately dial 0 3 Selec...

Page 81: ... an extension with forwarding set for outside calls only receives a screened Transfer the initial voice announcement broadcasts at the extension When the caller hangs up to complete the transfer the outside call forwards as programmed Call Forwarding Off Premises Example Call Routes to Emergency Service Number After Hours A service department dispatcher has Key Ring for lines 1 4 during the day Th...

Page 82: ...o Key Ring when the transferring party hangs up If a screened Transfer is made to an extension with All Calls forwarding and Tandem Calling is not enabled for the originating line the transferred line will stay at the transferring extension when that party hangs up Off Premises Call Forwarding is not available at single line telephones Default Setting Call Forwarding Off Premises is disabled in an...

Page 83: ...s then proceed to step 3 below Alternately dial 3 None MORE MORE None Select to cancel Call Forwarding Alternately dial 0 or press CLEAR 3 Do one of the following a To select a Personal Speed Dial bin as your Off Premises Call Forwarding number SPEED DIAL BIN Bin Select the bin option When you see BIN Enter the Personal Speed Dial bin you want to use 701 720 HOLD b To store a new Off Premises Call...

Page 84: ...lect to view the currently stored number Press SPEAKER to exit the view mode 4 Select the Call Forwarding mode All All Select forwarding all calls Alternately dial 2 Line Only Line Select forwarding outside calls only Alternately dial 8 Activating or Canceling Call Forwarding Off Premises In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key ...

Page 85: ...y Timed Call Any time after hanging up from a timed call a display keyset user can press their Manual or Automatic Call Timer key to review the duration of that call Timer Reset for Current Call While the display keyset user is timing their call they can press CLEAR at any time to reset the Call Timer to 00 00 00 Automatic Timer Stop The system assigns the Call Timer to the active call When the us...

Page 86: ... report also keeps track of the time on a call IntraMail Features None Operation Automatically Timing Your Outside Call In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To time your outside call if you have an Automatic Call Timer key 1 Place or answer outside call The Call Timer starts automatically The Automatic Call Timer key lights red while the system times the call Manually Timin...

Page 87: ... 00 00 1 Do one of the following a Timer Time Press the Call Timer soft key b Press the Manual or Automatic Call Timer key Resetting the Call Timer In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To reset the Call Timer while it is running i e timing your call 1 Press CLEAR The Call Timer restarts from 00 00 It does not disappear from the display Reviewing a Call s Duration In these i...

Page 88: ...e following chart shows when the two types of Off Hook Signaling occur Note that Camp On tones occur for an extension when they are the exclusive recipient of the call such as a DIL Conditions A system reset or power failure cancels all Camp Ons system wide While busy on a call Camp On tones occur only for the first incoming call and do not repeat Default Setting Call Waiting tones enabled Call Wa...

Page 89: ...l Waiting Tones page 657 be sure Camp On is enabled system wide Yes In 2116 01 Off Hook Signaling for Incoming Intercom Calls page 749 enter 1 to enable receiv ing Camp On tones at an extension In 1401 03 Privacy page 628 enter No to be sure that Privacy does not block incoming Camp On signals 3 If no do one of the following To disable Camp On system wide in 1512 02 Call Waiting Tones page 657 ent...

Page 90: ...Line Queuing Line Callback page 230 Line Queuing lets an extension user Camp On to a busy line Privacy page 277 Privacy blocks Camp On Call Waiting Split Alternate page 323 Camp On lets an extension user know that a call is waiting to be answered The user can Split between the waiting call and their current call Transfer page 358 An extension user can Transfer a call to a busy extension The call w...

Page 91: ...on user leaves a Callback request and then fails to answer within four rings the system cancels the Callback Conditions A system reset or power failure cancels all Callbacks system wide Default Setting Callback enabled Programming 1 In 2102 01 Class of Service page 724 check the receiving extension s Class of Service level 2 If yes In 1512 02 Call Waiting Tones page 657 be sure Camp On is enabled ...

Page 92: ...on user can queue for a busy line and then hang up to turn the queue into a line Callback IntraMail Features None Operation Leaving a Callback In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To leave a Callback at a busy extension 1 Call the busy extension Listen for busy or busy ring tone 2 Dial 2 and hang up Stay on the line without hanging up if you want to Camp On instead 3 When t...

Page 93: ...the report show a com plete MDMF record with both the caller s number and name The last two lines of the report show two Caller ID error messages Private Number and Out of Area The IN in the type column indicates that the records shown are for incoming calls If no DN is received no number or error message displays Station Message Detail Recording 05 10 2005 11 11A Sta Lin Number Dialed Account Sta...

Page 94: ...e Caller ID data simultaneously To conserve system resources consider turning off Caller ID in 1404 01 Caller ID Display page 638 for extensions that do not require or support Caller ID On Intercom calls the single line telephone display will show the extension number and name if pro grammed of the internal caller Conditions None Default Setting Caller ID for each a line is disabled See 3121 01 Ca...

Page 95: ...Account Codes page 14 for more Check to see if Call Timer key blocks the first line of the 2nd Call Caller ID display If it does make sure the extension doesn t have a Call Timer key 3 If no in 1404 02 Second Call Caller ID page 638 enter No 1 In 2102 01 Class of Service page 724 check the extension s Class of Service level 2 If yes in 1404 03 Third Party Caller ID page 638 enterYes 3 If no in 140...

Page 96: ...the second call stops ringing If an extension is set up to receive Call Wait beeps it will receive Second Call Caller ID only for the first call This occurs for example for DILs and transferred outside calls With transferred outside calls the Second Call Caller ID displays until the call recalls the transferring destination if not picked up With DILs the Second Call Caller ID displays remains unti...

Page 97: ...it 1 Press CHECK Third Party Caller ID In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To display the Caller ID data for the third party s call 1 Press INTERCOM CHECK 2 Press one of the following keys for the call you want to check You see Caller ID data for the line you select Press a line key while the call is ringing or connected to the third party Press a loop key while the call i...

Page 98: ... view records of answered calls Save Number to Speed Dial While reviewing a Caller ID record the extension user can optionally store the number and optional name directly in an Extension Speed Dial bin New Record for Calls on Hold and Parked Calls The system creates a new Caller ID record for a call retrieved from Hold at an extension other than the one that initially placed it on Hold The same is...

Page 99: ...ll rings into the system and is picked up by the answering machine it will show as a new call in the Caller ID log In addition it will flash green on the Ring Message lamp indicating that there is a new call Conditions None Default Setting There is no Caller ID outbound line group specified There is no home area code specified In addition all local calls are 7 digits long In DSX 40 all keyset exte...

Page 100: ...og Size page 751 specify the number of Caller ID records 1 99 the extension should have When assigning records be careful not to exceed the system maximum 1000 2 For group Caller ID logging In 2117 01 Caller ID Log Type page 751 enter 2 In 2117 01 Caller ID Log Group page 752 specify the group to which the extension should belong 1 8 In 3122 01 08 Caller ID Group Membership page 827 indicate into ...

Page 101: ...no entries in the Foreign Area Code Exception List Table Additional Caller ID Logging Programming 1 If yes use 9013 01 Initialize Caller ID Logs page 919 to clear the Caller ID logs 2 If no skip this step without initializing 1 In 2102 01 Class of Service page 724 check the extension s Class of Service level 2 If yes in 1404 06 Caller ID Alert Lamp page 639 enterYes 3 If no in 1404 06 Caller ID Al...

Page 102: ...e Group For line in 3711 01 Caller ID Callback Line page 856 enter the line number 1 64 the system will use for Caller ID callbacks For Line Groups in 3711 01 Caller ID Callback Group page 857 enter the Line Group number 90 98 the system will use for Caller ID callbacks 3 In 3712 02 10 Digit Local Calls page 858 enterYes 4 In 3713 01 16 Home Area Code Table Data page 860 enter 203 5 In 3714 01 96 ...

Page 103: ...elete Del Select to delete the displayed record Store Bin Stor Select to store the number in one of your Personal Speed Dial bins following normal Speed Dial programming steps Delete All N A Select to delete all your Caller ID records Exit Exit Back up to the beginning without making any changes View Unans Unan Select to review Caller ID records for calls that rang your extension and were unanswer...

Page 104: ...ne extensions always receive single ringing for outside calls Certain analog single line devices connected to the system may require this type of ringing If dis abled N outside call ringing at analog single line extensions follows the ringing pattern of the line For example if a line is ringing the system with two ring bursts the single line extensions will follow the same ringing pattern Conditio...

Page 105: ...or full access in 2131 01 64 Line Access page 763 enter 3 1 For lamp only no ringing day and night in 2132 01 64 Line Ringing page 764 enter 1 2 For day and night ringing in 2132 01 64 Line Ringing page 764 enter 2 3 For night ringing only in 2132 01 64 Line Ringing page 764 enter 3 4 For delay ringing day and night in 2132 01 64 Line Ringing page 764 enter 4 In 1604 01 Delay Ring Timer page 678 s...

Page 106: ... 01 60 DSS Console Key Data page 801 enter the line number 1 64 Loop keys are not available on a DSS Console Setting Up Transmit and Receive Gain 1 If yes leave 3103 01 Transmit Gain page 814 for the line at it s current value 2 If no in 3103 01 Transmit Gain page 814 adjust the line s transmit gain as required 1 If yes leave 3103 02 Receive Gain page 814 for the line at it s current value 2 If no...

Page 107: ...eration User Programmable Feature Answering Outside Calls In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To answer an outside call An incoming call on a line or loop key will flash red An incoming call on your Direct Inward Line will flash green 1 Lift handset If you have Ringing Line Preference this will answer the incoming call If you have Automatic Handsfree you can press the line...

Page 108: ...sured that they can use services such as telephone banking without encountering restrictions imposed by the telephone system Store and Forward Store and Forward is an alternate method of placing outside calls in which the system stores collects the digits a user dials waits for the user to finish dialing and then redials the digits on the selected line Store and forward provides Intercom dial tone...

Page 109: ...nes 13 64 do not appear on line keys All extensions have full access on all lines Line Group Routing dial 9 is assigned to Line Group 90 which contains lines 1 8 Dial 9 works by default The outgoing line priority for the dial 9 group is as follows Order 1 line 8 Order 2 line 7 Order 3 line 6 Order 4 line 5 Order 5 line 4 Order 6 line 3 Order 7 line 2 Order 8 line 1 Store and Forward is disabled ...

Page 110: ...MF Setup page 608 2 If analog Dial Pulse check the settings in 1612 01 DP Break Timer page 685 1612 02 DP Make Timer page 685 1612 03 DP Interdigit Timer page 685 3 If T1 Dial Pulse check the settings in 1632 01 Transmit Dial Pulse Break Timer page 698 1632 02 Transmit Dial Pulse Make Timer page 698 1632 03 Transmit Dial Pulse Interdigit Timer page 698 1 For no incoming or outgoing access in 2131 ...

Page 111: ...0 for the new Direct Line Access digit enter 2 In 1301 01 10 Expected Number of Digits page 620 for the new Direct Line Access digit enter 3 In 1313 01 Line Extension Number page 625 assign the new line extension numbers Setting Up Line and Loop Keys 1 For line keys In 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Codes page 758 enter 03 In 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Data page 758 enter the line number 1 64 If an exte...

Page 112: ...l DTMF Tone On page 608 1111 04 Speed Dial DTMF Tone Off page 610 When Store and Forward is outdialing on analog Dial Pulse lines it uses the following settings 1612 01 DP Break Timer page 685 1612 02 DP Make Timer page 685 1612 03 DP Interdigit Timer page 685 When Store and Forward is outdialing on T1 Dial Pulse lines it uses the following settings 1632 01 Transmit Dial Pulse Break Timer page 698...

Page 113: ...e Access allows an extension user to seize an individual line and place a call without restric tion Equal Access Compatibility page 152 The system is compatible with Equal Access numbers e g 10 10 321 Last Number Redial page 219 Easily redial the last number dialed Line Group Routing page 223 With Line Group Routing enabled an extension user can dial 9 to place an outside call Line Keys page 227 L...

Page 114: ...ft handset 2 Press INTERCOM 3 Do one of the following a For Line Dial up Dial 9 followed by the line number e g 01 for line 1 If you hear busy tone you may be able to dial 2 to queue for the busy line b For Direct Line Access Dial 1 plus the line number e g 01 for line 1 If you hear busy tone you may be able to dial 2 to queue for the busy line 3 Dial outside number Placing Outside Calls Using Lin...

Page 115: ...hese instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To place an outside call when both Store and Forward and Account Codes are enabled With Forced Account Codes for Toll Calls Only you do not have to enter an Account Code for local calls Just dial the call normally 1 Do one of the following a Press INTERCOM and dial 9 or optionally 90 98 b Press Switched Loop key Dial the Line Group number 90...

Page 116: ... Speed Dial bin assignments IntraMail Features None Operation Quickly check keyset and DSS Console Feature Key assignments Checking Feature Key Assignments In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To check a Feature Key assignment 1 Press CHECK 2 Press the Feature Key on keyset or DSS Console 3 Do one of the following a Press another Feature Key to check b Press SPEAKER to exit...

Page 117: ...tored for 701 c Press the Personal Speed Dial bin key a third time to display the name for the higher numbered bin For example pressing bin 1 in this step displays the name stored for 711 d Press the Personal Speed Dial bin key a fourth time to display the number stored in the higher num bered bin For example pressing bin 1 in this step displays the number stored for 711 3 Press another key or SPE...

Page 118: ...Class of Service 2 All lines have Class of Service 1 Programming 1 In 140x Station page 628 set up Class of Service options for stations 2 In 141x Line page 647 set up Class of Service options for lines 1 For extensions assign Class of Service in 2102 01 Class of Service page 724 2 For lines assign Class of Service in 3102 01 Line Class of Service page 813 Other Related Features Features Attendant...

Page 119: ... waiting call Reverse Voice Over page 289 An extension user cannot add an incoming Reverse Voice Over call to a Conference Single Line Telephones page 305 Single line telephones can use Conference Voice Over page 385 An extension user cannot Voice Over to a co worker busy on a Conference call The following features also allow different types of multiple party calls Barge In Intrusion page 36 Group...

Page 120: ...place a Conference on Hold Press HOLD b To reinstate the Conference on Hold Press CONF Exiting a Conference In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties 1 Hang up The remaining parties can continue their conversation uninterrupted If you were in Conference with two outside lines this may set up a tandem call Refer to Tandem C...

Page 121: ...Conference Meet Me DSX Software Manual Features 91 Features Conference Meet Me Description Turn to Meet Me Conference page 236 ...

Page 122: ...Conference Unsupervised 92 Features DSX Software Manual Conference Unsupervised Description Turn to Tandem Calls Unsupervised Conference page 341 ...

Page 123: ...Contrast Controls DSX Software Manual Features 93 Features Contrast Controls Description Turn to Volume Brightness and Contrast Controls page 388 ...

Page 124: ... Lite II Telephone achieves a whole new level of convenience and mobility An easy to read 16 character by 2 line LCD display with four status icons volume controls a rechargeable Nickel Metal Hydride Battery Pack and a handy belt clip round out the elegant and affordable DSX Cordless Lite II Telephone Conditions None Default Setting N A Programming The DSX Cordless Lite II Telephone auto IDs in 21...

Page 125: ... 4 In 1604 01 Delay Ring Timer page 678 set the delay ring interval to meet the site requirements 2 If no in 2132 01 64 Line Ringing page 764 select one of the other ringing options 1 Lamp only day and night 2 Immediate ring day and night 3 Immediate ring night lamp only day Other Related Features Features Call Coverage Keys page 40 Delayed Ringing is also available for Call Coverage Keys Distinct...

Page 126: ...andset and do not press SPEAKER or INTERCOM 2 Dial Your display shows DIAL PREVIEW 3 Dial the number you want to call Your display shows the digits for your call 4 Press a line key Your call will dial out on the line selected Editing the Displayed Number In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To correct the displayed digits before dialing them out 1 Press Volume Up or Volume ...

Page 127: ...lace 2049265410 with 2039265400 1 Dial followed by 2049265410 You see 2049265410 2 Press Volume Up until you see 20 9265410 3 Dial 3 You see 203 265410 4 Press Volume Down until you see 20392654 0 5 Dial 0 You see 203926540 6 Press Volume Down until the entire number displays to the left of the cursor You see 2039265400 7 Press line key to dial number Editing the Displayed Number In these instruct...

Page 128: ...y to manually dialed outside calls If Dial Tone Detection is disabled the system waits 500mS after line seizure and then outdials the number If enabled Dial Tone Detection applies to the following types of outside calls Auto Redial initial line seizure Caller ID callbacks Last Number Redial Call Forwarding Off Premise Save Speed Dial Conditions None Default Setting Disabled Programming 1 If yes in...

Page 129: ...sure to set up your system for compatibility with the provided telco service Additionally the system is compatible with Dial Pulse DP and DTMF DID signaling DID lines can be either wink start or immediate start By default there are no DID lines programmed DID Station Intercept DID Station Intercept automatically reroutes DID calls under certain conditions There are 3 types of DID Station Intercept...

Page 130: ...On is disabled DID Routing to Voice Mail If a DID call is unanswered and is eventually routed to voice mail it will route to the mailbox of the ini tial DID destination This is true regardless of whether the call routed to voice mail via DID Line Over flow Call Forwarding or Extension Hunting ANI DNIS Support The system is compatible with telco s T1 Automatic Number Identification ANI and Dialed N...

Page 131: ... to the next step for routing 2 If no go to the next step for routing 1 If yes and the intercept condition is met the call routes to the Station Intercept destination set up in 2115 02 DID Station Intercept Type page 748 2115 02 DID Station Intercept Destination page 748 2 If yes and the intercept condition is not met go to the next step for routing 3 If no go to the next step for routing 1 If yes...

Page 132: ...riority 2 Priority 3 Priority 4 If the call is unanswered the system checks the highest priority routing choice first i e Call Forwarding If the highest priority routing choice is not set up to handle the call condition the system checks the next lower choice For example if an extension has Ring No Answer Forward ing enabled and the call routes to that extension while it is busy the system will th...

Page 133: ...r 36 DID call rings destination If unanswered it rings the forwarding destination If still unanswered call routes to Line Overflow DID call Camps On to destination If unanswered it rings the forwarding destination If still unanswered call routes to Line Overflow Forwarding Off 30 DID call rings destination If unanswered it rings the hunt destination If still unanswered call routes to Line Overflow...

Page 134: ...utes to Line Overflow Forwarding Off 30 DID call rings destination If unanswered Type 2 and 3 ring the hunt destination Type 4 rings the station intercept destination if programmed If still unanswered call routes to Line Overflow All Camp On and Ring No Answer intervals are set by the 1601 02 DIL No Answer Timer page 669 Call Forwarding and Type 1 Ring No Answer Line Extension Hunting Destination ...

Page 135: ...red call routes to Line Over flow 0 Disabled If unanswered call routes to Line Over flow Call routes to intercept destination If unanswered call routes to Line Overflow Ring No Answer 2 1 Enabled If unanswered call routes to intercept destination If still unanswered call routes to Line Overflow Call Camps On to extension If unanswered call routes to Line Overflow 0 Disabled If unanswered call rout...

Page 136: ...y of 3 means the system routes to an extension in the day mode according to the last two digits dialed 3302 01 Night Translation Destination page 836 The default entry of 3 means the system routes to an extension in the night mode according to the last two digits dialed 1 In 2102 01 Class of Service page 724 check the extension s Class of Service level 2 If yes in 1401 08 Receive DID Calls page 63...

Page 137: ...rflow page 820 enterYes In 3112 06 Night Overflow Destination page 821 enter the night overflow destination The desti nation can be An extension A UCD Group master number The voice mail master number A Ring Group master number Key Ring by pressing CLEAR Overflow occurs after the 1601 01 Line No Answer Timer page 669 interval 2 If no in 3112 05 Enable Night Overflow page 820 enter No When disabled ...

Page 138: ...n extension has a Type 3 Ring No Answer Busy All hunt to voice mail and a Type 3 DID Station Inter cept to the operator unanswered calls will route to voice mail See the IntraMail System Guide for more on Extension Hunting to Voice Mail T1 Lines page 338 T1 provides advanced digital calling and simplifies installation T1 lines are required for Direct Inward Dialing Tie Lines page 344 Link two syst...

Page 139: ...er number Night Mode Control The extension to which the line is terminated controls the night mode of the line For example if extension 301 has line 1 assigned as a DIL the user can press DND to switch line 1 to its night routing destination Switching line 1 to night mode at extension 301 has no affect on the night mode of the system This flexibil ity could allow a service dispatcher with several ...

Page 140: ...aster number A Ring Group master number 1 For a line terminated to Key Ring or a Ring Group master number during the day In 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Codes page 758 enter 18 In 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Data page 758 press CLEAR 2 For a line terminated to a UCD Group master number or voice mail during the day In 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Codes page 758 enter 18 In 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Data pa...

Page 141: ...01 02 DIL No Answer Timer page 669 at its current value 2 If no set 1601 02 DIL No Answer Timer page 669 as required 1 If yes leave 1601 01 Line No Answer Timer page 669 at its current value 2 If no set 1601 01 Line No Answer Timer page 669 as required 1 Turn to Extension Hunting page 154 for more on how to set up UCD Overflow 1 Should an unanswered DIL overflow during the day 2 Should an unanswer...

Page 142: ... calls easier 2 For Fixed Loop keys In 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Codes page 758 enter 01 3 For Switched Loop keys In 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Codes page 758 enter 02 In 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Data page 758 enter the number of the Line Group to which the DIL belongs 90 98 1 For line keys In 2402 01 60 DSS Console Key Codes page 801 enter 03 In 2402 01 60 DSS Console Key Data page 801 enter the ...

Page 143: ... ring a Ring Group master number Key Ring page 214 An unanswered DIL diverts to all extensions with Key Ring for the line Line Keys page 227 Loop Keys page 233 When you assign a line as a DIL it continues to flash its previously programmed line loop key assign ments It will not however ring those phones Names for Extensions and Lines page 249 Programming names for DILs makes it easier to identify ...

Page 144: ...play Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To answer a call on your Direct Inward Line 1 The line or loop key for your DIL flashes green 2 Lift handset The key lights on green when you connect to your caller To place your Direct Inward Line into the Night Mode 1 Press DND Your DND flashes This also enables Do Not Disturb for your extension ...

Page 145: ... Direct Line Access page 634 enterYes It is not necessary to allow access in 2131 01 64 Line Access page 763 Direct Line Access automatically provides access 3 If no In 1402 06 Direct Line Access page 634 enter No Other Related Features Features Central Office Calls Placing page 78 Refer to this feature for other methods of placing outside calls Forced Line Disconnect page 182 An extension user wi...

Page 146: ...play Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To place a call over a specific line using Direct Line Access 1 Lift the handset 2 Press INTERCOM 3 Dial 1 plus the line number e g 01 for line 1 If you hear busy tone you may be able to dial 2 to queue for the line See Line Queuing Line Callback page 230 for more 4 Dial the outside number ...

Page 147: ...t assigned DSS capability is disabled Quickly place and Transfer calls to co workers without having to look up or dial your co worker s extension numbers Important If you enable an extension s DSS Keys and leave the extension s default Prime Line programming intact the line keys automatically change to DSS keys when the user lifts the handset To avoid con fusion be sure to explain this to your use...

Page 148: ...rence page 274 With Intercom Prime Line an idle extension user hears Intercom dial tone whenever they lift the handset or press SPEAKER Since each extension s Busy Lamp Field is disabled by default the Fea ture Keys do not go into the DSS mode when the user lifts the handset while idle If an outside call is ringing the phone Ringing Line Preference will normally answer the call when the user lifts...

Page 149: ... In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To Transfer a call to a co worker using a DSS key 1 Place or answer an outside call 2 Press INTERCOM Your DSS keys show the status of the assigned extension Off Idle On Busy or ringing Fast flash in Do Not Disturb 3 Press DSS key for the co worker you want to call 4 Do one of the following a Press TRANSFER to have the Transfer go throug...

Page 150: ...their own digital sta tion port and do not require a separate power supply In programming you assign each installed console to an owner keyset Each console can only have one owner You can assign the following types of Feature Keys to a DSS Console DSS Consoles provide one touch access to extensions lines and system features Account Code Intercom Directory Dialing Save Number Dialed Call Coverage i...

Page 151: ...les Default Setting The first DSS Console installed auto IDs as software port 301 See the illustration above for default DSS Console key assignments TRANSFER ANSWER 1093100 3 RELEASE 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 ALL CALL Park 60 Park 61 ...

Page 152: ...led auto IDs as software port 301 2 In 2401 01 DSS Owner page 800 enter the number of the keyset extension using the DSS Console 1 In 2402 01 60 DSS Console Key Codes page 801 enter the key code for the DSS Console key you are programming Refer to the DSS Console Key Assignments chart below for the key codes 2 In 2402 01 60 DSS Console Key Data page 801 enter the data for the key code selected Ref...

Page 153: ...ark Orbit key 4 nn Park Orbit 60 69 Press key to Park or retrieve parked call Busy Lamp Field BLF Off Orbit is idle On Orbit is holding a parked call Wink On green Orbit is holding a call you parked Hotline page 207 Use this option to assign a Feature Key as a Hotline key You cannot set up a hotline for an outside line 5 nnn extension number Press key to call Hotline partner Busy Lamp Field BLF Of...

Page 154: ...on to assign a Feature Key as an immediately ringing Group Call Pickup key 9 nn Pickup Group 1 16 Press key to answer call ringing Pickup Group Busy Lamp Field BLF Off No call is ringing the pickup group Slow Flash green A call is ringing the pickup group Group Pickup No Ring page 184 Use this option to assign a Feature Key as a lamp only no ring Group Call Pickup key 10 nn Pickup Group 1 16 Press...

Page 155: ...ight key puts all Key Ring lines and lines terminated to Ring Group master numbers into the night mode The UCD Night key puts all lines terminated to the UCD Group master number into the night mode 18 CLEAR System Night key 18 UCD Group master number UCD Night key Press key to put Key Ring lines and lines terminated to Ring Group master into night mode OR Press key to put lines terminated to UCD m...

Page 156: ...g Account Codes Fast Flash green In the Account Code entry mode On green On a call for which the user has entered an Account Code Call Forwarding page 44 Use this option to assign a Feature Key as a Call Forwarding key 27 Press key instead of pressing INTER COM and dialing 3 Busy Lamp Field BLF Off Extension not call forwarded or in the Call Forwarding setup mode Fast Flash In the Call Forwarding ...

Page 157: ...Headset Compatibility page 198 A DSS Console headset key can simplify switching the headset mode Hotline page 207 A DSS Console can have Hotline keys Night Service Night Ring page 252 A DSS Console can have night keys for putting the system and UCD Groups into the night mode Paging page 259 A DSS Console can have Page zone keys Park page 266 A DSS Console can have Park keys Reverse Voice Over page...

Page 158: ...e the ANSWER key 1 Press ANSWER to answer any call ringing your extension To use the RELEASE key 1 Press RELEASE to hang up disconnect your active call To use the TRANSFER key 1 Press TRANSFER on your DSS Console instead of the TRANSFER key on your extension DSS Console Hotline Key Assignments Feature Mnemonic Operation Access Level Hotline HL 45 HL Press flashing Hotline key Enter extension for n...

Page 159: ... ringing the operator s Operator Call key Conditions None Default Setting Enabled Programming 1 It is not necessary to allow access in 2131 01 64 Line Access page 763 Directed Call Pickup allows an extension to pick up a call on a line to which it normally does not have access Other Related Features Features Hold page 202 Directed Call Pickup can pick up Hold recalls Park page 266 Personal Park al...

Page 160: ...tructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To intercept a call ringing a co worker s extension 1 Lift the handset 2 Dial 3 Dial the number of the extension whose call you want to intercept To intercept a call ringing an attendant dial the attendant s extension number e g 300 Do not dial 0 or 01 04 ...

Page 161: ...Line page 775 or 2151 01 20 Personal Speed Dial Bin Group page 775 2151 01 20 Personal Speed Dial Bin Number page 776 2151 01 20 Personal Speed Dial Bin Name page 777 2 For System Speed Dial use the following programs to set up system bins 1702 001 999 System Speed Dial Bin Type page 715 1702 001 999 System Speed Dial Bin Line page 715 or 1702 001 999 System Speed Dial Bin Group page 716 1702 001 ...

Page 162: ...s None Operation 5 Do extension users have adequate time to enter their Directory Dialing options Using Directory Dialing In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To place a call using Directory Dialing 1 Select the Directory Dialing type DIRECTORY EXTENSION DIR EXT Select Intercom Directory Dialing You can optionally dial 34 while on hook DIRECTORY PERSONAL DIR PERS Select Per...

Page 163: ...t name that begins with your selection displays If you see UNLISTED NAME there is no name stored for your selection iii Press Volume Up or Volume Down to scroll through all the names that begin with the letter you selected OR Skip to the next step if the display name is the one you want to call iv Dial Dial Select to call the displayed name To exit Directory Dialing at any time 1 Press SPEAKER Usi...

Page 164: ...Display Alphanumeric 134 Features DSX Software Manual Display Alphanumeric Description Turn to Alphanumeric Display page 21 ...

Page 165: ...large open work areas Key Ring Override A keyset extension can set up unique ringing for each of its Call Coverage Group Call Pickup and line keys If a user needs to know what type of call is ringing their phone Key Ring Override will help Unique Ringing for UCD Groups and Ring Groups UCD Groups and Ring Groups can have their own distinctive rings This allows a user to tell the differ ence between...

Page 166: ...ing only for the highest priority call 1 INTERCOM Key 2 Line Key from lowest to highest 3 Loop Key from lowest to highest The Ring Types Ring Type Call Type Intercom Intercom ringing This includes ringing Intercom calls as well as calls ringing Extension Hunting groups Call Coverage keys and the operator s Call key Ring Group Ring Group ringing Recall Recall ringing This includes Hold Park or Tran...

Page 167: ...et the ring tone and cadence for ring tone A use 2103 07 Station s Ring A Tone page 728 To set the ring tone and cadence for ring tone B use 2103 08 Station s Ring B Tone page 728 To set the ring tone and cadence for ring tone C use 2103 09 Station s Ring C Tone page 728 Soft Keys 3 To set up Distinctive Ring Configuration Turn to Distinctive Ring Configuration page 140 to set this up This allows ...

Page 168: ...e page 724 check the extension s Class of Service level In 1405 03 Key Ring Override page 641 enterYes System Programming 2 In 2122 Ring Override Key Ring Override page 759 enter a ring type for each Feature Key The options are 0 for line follows the setting for the line in 3113 03 Night Ring Type 1 for ring type A 2 for ring type B 3 for ring type C Soft Keys 3 To set up Key Ring Override using a...

Page 169: ...verride Distinctive Ringing allows an extension user to set up unique ringing for their Call Coverage keys Delayed Ringing page 95 You can set up Delayed Ringing to ring with a distinctive tone Group Call Pickup page 184 By using Key Ring Override Distinctive Ringing allows an extension user to set up unique ringing for their Group Call Pickup keys Line Keys page 227 By using Key Ring Override Dis...

Page 170: ...to change Type A Ring Type Ring B MORE B Select to change Type B Ring Type Ring C MORE C Select to change Type C Ring Type Select a new ring tone Dial a new ring tone 0 9 You hear the selection you entered You can optionally press SPEAKER to exit the Distinctive Ringing options Cancel Cncl Select to cancel and back up to the previous step Save Save Select to save your selection and back up to the ...

Page 171: ...erride 3 Select the ringing mode you want to change Day Ring Day Select day ring Night Ring Nght Select night ring Delay Ring Dely Select delay ring Exit Exit Select to back up to the previous step without making any changes a For the ringing mode selected select the Ring Type RING A EXIT A MORE EXIT Select Ring Type A RING B EXIT B MORE EXIT Select Ring Type B RING C EXIT C MORE EXIT Select Ring ...

Page 172: ...s light Exit Exit Press repeatedly to back up step by step b Press the key for which you want to set the Ring Type c Do one of the following i For the key selected choose the Ring Type Dial 1 for Ring Type A Dial 2 for Ring Type B Dial 3 for Ring Type C Dial 0 to Select to have ringing follow Line Override ii For the key selected press the key repeatedly to choose the ringing mode For line key nig...

Page 173: ...his DND option Blocks these calls 1 Incoming Outside Calls Blocked Ringing for outside calls including Key Ring calls Off Hook Ringing Call Coverage Keys Group Call Pickup keys Transferred outside calls Hold Park and Transfer recalls Circular or Terminal Extension Hunting calls DILs to the extension if the extension is not the night mode termination DILs to a Ring Group or UCD Group master num ber...

Page 174: ...ing considers an extension in DND as busy In addition an extension can have both DND and Call Forwarding enabled at the same time Note that Call Forwarding has priority over Do Not Disturb If both are enabled simultaneously at an extension Call Forwarding is in force Call Waiting Camp On page 58 An extension cannot Camp On to a busy co worker that is in Do Not Disturb Callback page 61 An extension...

Page 175: ... is enabled the system automatically disables DND for your extension or If DND is disabled the system automatically enables DND type 3 for your extension Off Off Select to turn off cancel Do Not Disturb Alternately dial 0 External Ext Select to block incoming outside calls only Alternately dial 1 Intercom Icm Select to block incoming Intercom calls only Alternately dial 2 Your Intercom callers wil...

Page 176: ...e page 724 check the extension s Class of Service level 2 If yes in 1401 07 DND Override page 629 enterYes 3 If no in 1401 07 DND Override page 629 enter No Other Related Features Features Do Not Disturb page 143 Do Not Disturb Override can override an extension s Do Not Disturb IntraMail Features None Operation Easily override a co worker s Do Not Disturb 1 Should an extension that is not a Hotli...

Page 177: ...fer to Optional Equipment in the Hardware Manual that came with your system for more or installing the Analog Door Box Door Box Relays Any keyset extension that receives Door Box chimes or ringing can control a control relay which in turn typically enables an electric strike on an entrance door next to the Door Box Each of the two Door Box cir cuits in the 2PGDAD Module has an associated control r...

Page 178: ...n DSX 40 built in Door Box extensions are 326 and 327 0 for Normal Ring Group ringing 1 for Low pitch chime pattern 2 for Mid range chime pattern 3 for High pitch chime pattern 2 More on Chime 0 Operation Chime 0 rings for 60 seconds and then cancels An extension user can answer the Door Box any time while it is ringing The Door Box user can press the call button again any time after ringing stops...

Page 179: ...rts 4 Plug the 2PGDAD Module into the 16ESIU digital station port you selected in step 1 above If you plugged in the 2PGDAD in step 1 above you ll need to unplug and then reconnect it in order for the secondary station port to auto ID 1 Refer to Basic Door Box Programming page 148 for more 1 The 2PGDAD relays are automatically assigned to their respective Door Box 2PGDAD Door Box 1 is assigned to ...

Page 180: ...s page 40 If you enter Door Chime type 0 normal ring above you can set up Call Coverage keys for the Door Box Ring Group This allows extensions that are not members of the Ring Group to answer Door Box calls Extensions with Call Coverage keys to the Door Box Ring Group can also activate the relay Call Forwarding page 44 An extension user cannot forward a call to a Door Box Hotline page 207 An exte...

Page 181: ...n number You hear two beeps then conversation with the visitor at the door Answering Door Box Chimes In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To answer Door Box chimes or ringing 1 Lift the handset Door Box chimes are not available at single line telephones Controlling the Door Strike In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To activate the Door Box relay wh...

Page 182: ...Equal Access Compatibility 152 Features DSX Software Manual Equal Access Compatibility Description See Toll Restriction page 351 for more ...

Page 183: ... the extension s Class of Service level 2 If yes in 1401 02 Extended Ring page 628 enterYes 3 If no in 1401 02 Extended Ring page 628 enter No 1 If yes leave 1604 03 Extended Ringing Timer page 678 at its current setting 1 If no adjust 1604 03 Extended Ringing Timer page 678 as required Other Related Features Features Direct Inward Line page 109 With Extended Ringing a call rings longer at its des...

Page 184: ...on is busy Busy Ring No Answer Outside Calls Option 2 Hunting will occur for unanswered outside calls and for outside calls to the member extension while it is busy Hunting will not occur for ringing Intercom calls Busy Ring No Answer All Calls Option 3 Hunting will occur for unanswered outside and ringing Intercom calls and for outside and ringing Inter com calls to the member extension while it ...

Page 185: ... Intercom calls Terminal Hunting Notes If a call cycles through the entire Terminal Hunting group and remains unanswered it follows normal recall routing programming For example a transferred call will recall the transferring extension and if still unanswered go to Key Ring Placing an extension in DND temporarily removes it from the Terminal Hunting group For type 3 hunting an Intercom call will s...

Page 186: ...ILs continue to cycle through the UCD Group as long as an agent is available Placing an extension in Do Not Disturb temporarily removes it from the UCD Group Intercom calls to the UCD Group master number always ring the agent extensions You can set up a UCD Group to overflow to voice mail Use 2302 01 UCD Group Overflow Destination page 792 to set up this option Do not use 3112 03 Day Overflow Dest...

Page 187: ...ring adjust 1601 03 Call For ward No Answer Timer page 670 as required 1 If yes leave 1601 02 DIL No Answer Timer page 669 at its current setting 2 If no adjust 1601 02 DIL No Answer Timer page 669 as required Setting Up Terminal Hunting 1 In 2115 01 Hunt Type page 746 assign the hunt type for each extension in the group 1 Ring No Answer Outside Calls 2 Busy Ring No Answer Outside Calls 3 Busy Rin...

Page 188: ...ard No Answer Timer page 670 as required 1 If yes leave 1601 02 DIL No Answer Timer page 669 at its current setting 2 If no adjust 1601 02 DIL No Answer Timer page 669 as required 1 If yes for 2115 01 Hunt Destination page 746 enter 700 the voice mail master number See Extension Hunting to Voice Mail page 478 for more 3 Do calls ring a hunt group member for the correct interval before routing to t...

Page 189: ...turn to UCD Group Mailbox page 497 for more In 1601 04 UCD No Answer Timer page 670 set the overflow timer as required 2 If no don t enter a destination in 2302 01 UCD Group Overflow Destination page 792 1 If yes leave 1601 03 Call Forward No Answer Timer page 670 at its current setting 1 If no adjust 1601 03 Call Forward No Answer Timer page 670 as required 1 If yes leave 1601 02 DIL No Answer Ti...

Page 190: ...nting 1603 01 Transfer Recall Timer page 675 1601 03 Call Forward No Answer Timer page 670 Call rings first member for Transfer Recall time Call transferred into hunt group If unanswered call rings the next and succeeding members for the Call Forward Ring No Answer time 300 If unanswered call rings extension 300 1601 03 Call Forward No Answer Timer page 670 If unanswered at extension 300 for the C...

Page 191: ...roup that is set up to overflow to exten sion C Extension B The call now rings extension B for the Call Forward No Answer time 1601 03 Call Forward No Answer Timer page 670 If a UCD Group member does not become free the call diverts to the programmed overflow desti nation If still unanswered the call diverts to Key Ring Busy UCD Master If unanswered at extension B the call camps on to the busy UCD...

Page 192: ...ngs hunt group member If unanswered call rings the next and succeeding members for the DIL No Answer time If still unanswered call diverts to Key Ring 1601 02 DIL No Answer Timer page 669 1601 02 DIL No Answer Timer page 669 DIL rings programmed DIL destination for the DIL No Answer time DIL with overflow directly rings hunt group member If unanswered call rings the next and succeeding members for...

Page 193: ...uely programmed UCD Master Night key See Night Service Night Ring page 252 for more Directory Dialing page 131 Intercom Directory Dialing will show UCD Group names Do Not Disturb page 143 Placing an agent in DND temporarily removes it from the UCD Group Flexible Numbering Plan page 179 UCD Hunting group master numbers cannot be in the extension number range By default the sys tems uses codes begin...

Page 194: ...nsfer recalls Call Forwarding has priority over Extension Hunting See Interaction Between Call Forwarding Extension Hunting and Transfer Recall page 359 for more Voice Mail page 372 To set up extension overflow to voice mail turn to Extension Hunting to Voice Mail page 478 For Terminal and Circular Hunting unsupervised transfers UTRF from the voice mail Automated Attendant route like outside calls...

Page 195: ...these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To send a call to a UCD Group 1 Do one of the following a Transfer a call to the UCD Group master number b Set up a DIL to the UCD Group master number c Place an Intercom call to the UCD Group master number d Set up the UCD Group master number as a line s overflow destination Removing Reinstalling your Extension from your UCD Group In these...

Page 196: ...user goes to extension 306 and implements Walking Class of Service The extension 301 user can then use 306 to make long distance calls and Page even though 306 was locked to prevent those features Conditions None Default Setting Extension Locking is disabled in an extension s Class of Service There are no PIN codes entered by default In addition An extension user can dial INTERCOM 6 to enter or ch...

Page 197: ...e assigned 1 Press INTERCOM and dial 6 2 When you see ENTER NEW PIN Enter your new PIN number HOLD When entering your PIN number CLEAR erases your entire entry REDIAL backspaces over erases the last digit entered 3 When you see REENTER NEW PIN Confirm your entry by reentering your new PIN number 4 When you see NEW PIN ACCEPTED Exit Exit To change your PIN number if you already have one assigned 1 ...

Page 198: ...e attendant s phone 1 Press INTERCOM and dial 3 You must have a PIN number entered for your phone to use this feature 2 When you see ENTER PIN CODE Enter your PIN number HOLD 3 When you see ENTER EXTENSION Enter the number of the extension you want to unlock HOLD 4 When you see CLEAR PIN xxx do one of the following YES YES Select to unlock the extension entered in step 3 above NO NO Select to back...

Page 199: ...s feature 12 Feature Keys The 34 Button Display Telephone features 24 Feature Keys The 34 Button Super DisplayTelephone also features 24 Feature Keys You can assign the following types of Feature Keys to an extension Feature Keys simplify feature operation Account Code Intercom Directory Dialing Park Orbit Call Coverage immediate delayed or no ring Line keys Reverse Voice Over Call Forwarding Mess...

Page 200: ...1 If yes in 2111 05 Key Access for Outside Lines page 732 enterYes This option does not restrict loop keys Also review the following feature for more on setting up outside calling Central Office Calls Answering page 74 Central Office Calls Placing page 78 2 If no be sure the extension has at least one loop key for incoming calls This provides an answering point for incoming calls if the extension ...

Page 201: ...d BLF Off Orbit is idle On Orbit is holding a parked call Wink On green Orbit is holding a call you parked Hotline page 207 Use this option to assign a Feature Key as a Hotline key A keyset user can use the HL user program mable procedure to change the Hotline assign ments on their console 05 nnn extension number Press key to call Hotline partner Busy Lamp Field BLF Off Partner extension is idle O...

Page 202: ...gn a Feature Key as an immediately ringing Group Call Pickup key 09 nn Pickup Group 1 16 Press key to answer call ringing Pickup Group Busy Lamp Field BLF Off No call is ringing the pickup group Slow Flash green A call is ringing the pickup group Group Pickup No Ring page 184 Use this option to assign a Feature Key as a lamp only no ring Group Call Pickup key 10 nn Pickup Group 1 16 Press key to a...

Page 203: ...ord conversation into mailbox Busy Lamp Field BLF Off Conversation Record is off Fast Flash green Conversation Record is on Night page 252 Use this option to assign a Feature Key as a Night key There are two options System Night key and UCD Night key The System Night key puts all Key Ring lines and lines terminated to Ring Group master numbers into the night mode The UCD Night key puts all lines t...

Page 204: ...Use this option to assign a Feature Key as a Save Number Dialed key There is no BLF for this key type 25 While on a call Press key to save the number you just dialed While idle Press key to redial a previously saved number Account Code page 14 Use this option to assign a Feature Key as an Account Code key 26 1 Place or answer out side call 2 Press key 3 Enter Account Code 4 Press key to return to ...

Page 205: ...p page 184 An extension can have Group Call Pickup keys Headset Compatibility page 198 An extension s headset key can simplify switching the headset mode Hotline page 207 An extension can have Hotline keys Loop Keys page 233 An extension can have Fixed Loop and Switched Loop keys for placing and answering calls Night Service Night Ring page 252 An extension can have night keys for putting the syst...

Page 206: ... None Operation See Extension Feature Key Assignments page 170 User Programmable Feature Programming Feature Keys Feature Mnemonic Operation Access Level Programmable Feature Key Assignments KP 57 KP Press key you want to program HOLD INTER COM Press Volume Up or Volume Down to select key option HOLD Enter any additional data if required HOLD Press Volume Up or Volume Down to select another key to...

Page 207: ...ingdown Extensions that should not have access to system features When 1403 01 Flash for Single Line Set page 635 is enabled Y A single line extension user cannot seize an outside line and hookflash without dialing If they do the system will disconnect the initial outside call If a single line extension user hookflashes to place their current outside call on Hold and then hangs up the outside call...

Page 208: ...n enabled flashes a line the system enforces toll Restric tion on any digits the user dials from the new dial tone For example if an extension user cannot dial 203 926 5400 before they flash they cannot dial 203 926 5400 after they flash IntraMail Features None Operation Flashing and Outside Line In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To Flash the outside line you are on 1 Do...

Page 209: ...fault Setting See the table above Change the digits users dial for co workers and other features For this feature You can change the digits a user dials to These digits are normally Attendant Position page 24 Reach the system operator s 0 or 01 04 Central Office Calls Placing page 78 Access a Line Group 90 98 Direct Line Access page 115 Directly access a line 101 164 Extension Hunting page 154 Rea...

Page 210: ...If no leave the above options at their default settings 1 If yes In 1301 01 10 Function Type page 620 assign another digit except 3 to type 2 extension access In 1301 01 10 Expected Number of Digits page 620 change the expected digits option for the new digit to 3 In 1315 01 UCD Group Master Extension Number page 627 change the master numbers to use the leading digit selected above 2 If no leave t...

Page 211: ...nge the digits users dial to reach the system operators normally 0 or 01 04 Central Office Calls Placing page 78 Change the digits users dial to access a Line Group for an outside call normally 90 98 Direct Line Access page 115 Change the digits users dial to directly access an outside line normally 101 164 Extension Hunting page 154 Change the digits required to reach a UCD Group master number Gr...

Page 212: ...e 763 make sure the extension has outgoing option 2 or full option 3 access to the lines it should be able to disconnect 3 If no In 1402 01 Forced Line Disconnect page 633 enter No Other Related Features Features Attendant Position page 24 System attendants normally have Forced Line Disconnect capability Barge In Intrusion page 36 As an alternative to disconnecting the line Barge In instead Direct...

Page 213: ...y Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To disconnect a busy line 1 Do one of the following a Press the line key for the busy line b Press INTERCOM and dial the line s extension number e g 101 for line 1 2 When you hear busy tone dial to disconnect the line You hear Intercom dial tone and the line key goes out You can now place a new call on the line ...

Page 214: ...keys There are three types of Group Call Pickup keys immediate ring no ring lamp only or delayed ring Conditions None Default Setting No Pickup Groups assigned Programming 1 In yes in 2113 03 Pickup Group page 739 enter the number of the Pickup Group 1 8 to which the extension should belong 2 If no make sure 2113 03 Pickup Group page 739 is 0 1 If yes In 3113 01 Pickup Group Assignment page 822 en...

Page 215: ...set the timer to meet the site requirements Other Related Features Features Direct Inward Line page 109 DILs to an extension activate Group Call Pickup if the extension ringing is a member of a Pickup Group Direct Station Selection DSS Console page 120 DSS Consoles can have Group Call Pickup keys Directed Call Pickup page 129 Directed Call Pickup is another way to pick up calls ringing an extensio...

Page 216: ... Pickup Group 1 Lift the handset 2 Do one of the following a Press the flashing Group Call Pickup key b Press INTERCOM and dial Changing the Group Call Pickup Key Ringing Feature Mnemonic Operation Access Level Group Call Pickup RA 72 RAP Group Call Pickup key repeatedly to select ring ing mode SPEAKER to exit Call Coverage Keys flash as follows Lamp only On red Immediate ring On green Delay ring ...

Page 217: ...heir caller s voice over the telephone speaker as well as their handset Conditions None Default Setting Enabled Programming 1 In 2112 02 Headset Mode page 735 enter No Extensions in the headset mode cannot use Group Listen Other Related Features Features Headset Compatibility page 198 Group Listen is not available to extensions in the headset mode Single Line Telephones page 305 Group Listen is no...

Page 218: ...your handset You and your co workers hear your caller s voice over your telephone speaker Your handsfree microphone and handset receiver are off To talk Handsfree after initiating Group Listen 1 Press SPEAKER twice 2 Hang up SPEAKER is on Talk to your caller using the Handsfree speaker and microphone To cancel Group Listen and return to your handset 1 Do not hang up 2 Press flashing SPEAKER SPEAKE...

Page 219: ...a tion can be an extension another Ring Group UCD Group or voice mail You can set up separate DIL over flow destinations for the day mode and at night If unanswered at the overflow destination the call diverts to Key Ring Note that a Ring Group DIL goes into the night mode when any extension with night mode capa bility presses their System night key See Night Service Night Ring page 252 for more I...

Page 220: ...s on a keyset user s display when they call the Ring Group 2 If no leave 2201 01 Ring Group Name page 779 at its default setting 1 If yes in 2201 02 Ring Group Incoming Ring Type page 780 enter the Ring Type 0 Standard Ring 1 Ring Type A 2 Ring Type B 3 Ring Type C 2 If no in 2201 02 Ring Group Incoming Ring Type page 780 enter 0 Standard Ring 1 Should an extension be in a Ring Group 2 Do you want...

Page 221: ... 820 enter a day destination other than a Ring Group master number 1 If yes In 3112 05 Enable Night Overflow page 820 enterYes In 3112 06 Night Overflow Destination page 821 enter the day overflow destination The destina tion can be An extension A UCD Group master number The voice mail master number A Ring Group master number Key Ring by pressing CLEAR 2 If no in 3112 05 Enable Night Overflow page...

Page 222: ... show Caller ID data for a line terminated to a Ring Group master number as the call is ringing Direct Inward Line page 109 A DIL can terminate to a Ring Group master number When a call comes in on the line all phones in the Ring Group ring simultaneously Directed Call Pickup page 129 Directed Call Pickup can intercept Ring Group calls Directory Dialing page 131 Intercom Directory dialing will sho...

Page 223: ...call will continue to ring until a group member becomes free Transferring a Call to a Ring Group In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To Transfer your call to a Ring Group 1 Press INTERCOM 2 Dial the Ring Group number e g 600 3 Do one of the following a To screen announce the Transfer Wait for a Ring Group member to answer then press TRANSFER b To have the call go through u...

Page 224: ...one of the following a If the call doesn t appear on a line or loop key Lift handset b If the call appears on a line or loop key Press the flashing line or loop key Answer a Call to Another Ring Group In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To answer a call ringing another Ring Group of which you are not a member 1 Lift handset and press INTERCOM 2 Dial and the Ring Group numb...

Page 225: ... all extensions or a user can dial a code to have their Intercom call ring the destination Conditions Since Handsfree switching is handled in each telephone there is no limit to the number of simulta neous Handsfree calls system wide Default Setting Enabled Programming 1 If yes In 1513 01 Intercom Voice Announcements page 658 enterYes In 2112 03 Voice Announcements Through Speaker page 735 enterYe...

Page 226: ... Line Telephones page 305 On and Off Premise Extensions do not have Handsfree and Handsfree Answerback capability IntraMail Features None Operation Using Handsfree In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To use Handsfree instead of lifting the handset 1 Press SPEAKER To talk on a Handsfree call 1 Speak toward your telephone To temporarily turn off the Handsfree microphone see ...

Page 227: ...n On EXIT On EXIT b To turn incoming voice announcements off Off EXIT Off EXIT Setting Up Incoming Voice Announcements Feature Mnemonic Operation Access Level Handsfree Answerback VA 82 VA V for voice announce or R for ring SPEAKER to exit 3 5 Setting Up Incoming Voice Announcements In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key ...

Page 228: ...ne While responding to an Intercom call using Handsfree Answerback pressing MUTE mutes the Handsfree microphone Off Hook Signaling Outside Calls Depending on the setting of 2116 03 Off Hook Signaling for Incoming Outside Calls page 750 an extension in the headset mode can receive either Camp On beeps or Off Hook Ringing for incoming out side calls just like non headset extensions Intercom Calls De...

Page 229: ...witches the call back to Handsfree Off Hook Signaling and Headsets Outside Calls transfers and DILs If the extension is set up to receive Camp On tones for waiting transferred outside calls the user will hear the Camp On tones in their headset They will also hear Camp On tones in their headset for a waiting Direct Inward Line DIL The extension will not however receive Camp On tones for Key Ring ca...

Page 230: ...atures Features Automatic Handsfree page 30 While in the headset mode Automatic Handsfree simplifies answering outside calls Background Music page 34 Background Music plays in the headset when the extension is in the headset mode Group Listen page 187 Group Listen is not available to extensions in the headset mode Handsfree and Handsfree Answerback page 195 Handsfree is not available to extensions...

Page 231: ... and off 1 Do one of the following a Press the headset Feature Key on your telephone or DSS Console b Use the User Programmable Features see below While in the headset mode 1 You can do the following a Press a line key to place or answer an outside call b Press INTERCOM to get Intercom dial tone c If on a call press SPEAKER to hang up Turning the Headset Mode On and Off Feature Mnemonic Operation ...

Page 232: ...ll on Hold without first pressing the HOLD key The system places a call on Hold automatically when the user presses CONF INTERCOM or a Hotline key Automatic Hold optionally allows a user busy on an outside call to press another line key or a Call Coverage Key to automatically put their initial call on Hold Intercom Hold A user can place an Intercom call on Hold The Intercom call on Hold does not i...

Page 233: ...es leave 1603 02 Hold Recall Timer page 675 at its current setting 2 If no adjust 1603 02 Hold Recall Timer page 675 as required 1 If yes leave 1603 03 Exclusive Hold Recall Timer page 675 at its current setting 2 If no adjust 1603 03 Exclusive Hold Recall Timer page 675 as required 1 If yes leave 1601 01 Line No Answer Timer page 669 at its current setting 2 If no adjust 1601 01 Line No Answer Ti...

Page 234: ...utside call on Exclusive Hold System Hold is not available Transfer page 358 If an extension receiving a screened Transfer answers the screen and immediately hangs up before the transferring extension the call goes on Exclusive Hold at the transferring extension IntraMail Features None Operation Using System Hold In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To place a call on Syste...

Page 235: ... line key The line key lights solid green Using Intercom Hold In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To place an Intercom call on Hold 1 Press HOLD INTERCOM flashes with a double wink on green while on Hold slow flash green while recalling To pick up an Intercom call from Hold 1 Lift the handset 2 If you are not connected to the Intercom call press INTERCOM Using Hold at a Si...

Page 236: ...n outside call on system Hold at a co worker s extension You must know the number of the line that is on Hold 1 Lift the handset and dial 4 2 Dial 4 3 Dial the number of the line that is on Hold For example dial 01 for line 1 Using Hold at a Single Line Telephone In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key ...

Page 237: ...itions An extension s Hotline partner can be any other keyset e g physical port An extension cannot have a Hotline key for master numbers or virtual ports Default Setting No Hotline keys programmed Programming 1 To assign a Hotline key to an extension Feature Key In 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Codes page 758 enter 05 In 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Data page 758 enter the extension number of the Hotlin...

Page 238: ...ners Direct Station Selection DSS Console page 120 DSS Consoles can also have Hotline keys Do Not Disturb page 143 An extension user can press their Hotline key twice to override their Hotline partner s DND Intercom page 211 A user can press a Hotline Key as an alternative to dialing Intercom numbers Transfer page 358 An extension user can Transfer a call to their Hotline partner by pressing their...

Page 239: ...s TRANSFER If your extension has Hotline Automatic Transfer just announce the call and hang up b Press TRANSFER to have the call wait at your Hotline partner unannounced If your extension has Hotline Automatic Transfer just hang up instead 3 The call recalls to you if it is not picked up To answer a call from your Hotline partner 1 When you hear two beeps speak towards the phone Reassigning Hotlin...

Page 240: ...ive Soft Key operation refer to Feature Operation below Conditions When an extension s soft keys are enabled or disabled in programming the user must take some action at the telephone such as lifting and replacing the handset before the change takes effect Default Setting Soft keys enabled Programming 1 In 2102 01 Class of Service page 724 check the extension s Class of Service level 2 If yes in 1...

Page 241: ...ck and Forced Intercom Ringing see Handsfree and Handsfree Answerback page 195 for more Conditions None Default Setting Intercom calling always enabled Programming 1 If yes In 1513 01 Intercom Voice Announcements page 658 enterYes In 2112 03 Voice Announcements Through Speaker page 735 enterYes to enable voice announcements for specific extensions 2 If no In 1513 01 Intercom Voice Announcements pa...

Page 242: ...annot receive voice announced Intercom calls Hotline page 207 A user can press a Hotline Key as an alternative to dialing Intercom numbers Last Number Redial page 219 Last Number Redial cannot redial Intercom calls Message Waiting page 238 A user can leave a Message Waiting after placing an Intercom call to a busy co worker Music on Hold page 246 Music on Hold plays to Intercom callers on Hold Nam...

Page 243: ... 04 depending on your system setup If your call voice announces the destination you can dial 1 to force the call to ring To answer an intercom call 1 Do one of the following a If you hear two beeps your phone has Handsfree Answerback Speak toward the phone OR Lift handset for privacy b If you hear one beep your phone does not have Handsfree Answerback Lift the handset for privacy c If you hear rin...

Page 244: ...ll the extension that initially parked them If unanswered the call diverts to Key Ring Transfer An unanswered Transfer recalls the extension that initially transferred it If still unanswered the line diverts to Key Ring Overflow for Key Ring Calls If unanswered Key Ring calls can route to a programmed overflow destination The overflow destination can be an extension Ring Group UCD Group or voice m...

Page 245: ...ail master number A Ring Group master number Key Ring by pressing CLEAR 2 For night mode Key Ring overflow In 3112 05 Enable Night Overflow page 820 enterYes In 3112 06 Night Overflow Destination page 821 enter the night overflow destination The desti nation can be An extension A UCD Group master number The voice mail Automated Attendant by entering the voice mail master number A Ring Group master...

Page 246: ...that call Direct Inward Line page 109 An unanswered DIL reverts to all extensions with Key Ring for the line Hold page 202 Unanswered Hold Recalls revert to Key Ring if not picked up Off Hook Signaling page 255 Off Hook Signaling can occur for Key Ring calls Park page 266 An unanswered Park recall diverts to Key Ring Transfer page 358 An unanswered call transferred to an extension diverts to Key R...

Page 247: ...ion also allows to you to print the Station Message Detail Recording SMDR header and call type data in English or Spanish Following is a sample SMDR report in Spanish Registro de Detalle de Llamados 05 11 2003 11 47A Ext Lin Numero Marcado Cuenta Inicio Duracion T 304 03 5551212 11 47 12A 00 00 05 SAL 304 03 5552145 11 42 37A 00 00 08 SAL 102 02 2126657845 11 43 30A 00 00 16 TMB 102 02 MACDONALD M...

Page 248: ...ys to Spanish and enables the Spanish SMDR header and Call Type data Station Message Detail Recording page 328 The SMDR header and Call Type data can print in either English or Spanish IntraMail Features None Operation 1 Should extension be able to set their display language 2 From system programming do you want to set an extensions display language as English or Spanish 3 Should the SMDR header a...

Page 249: ...mbers including Speed Dial calls with the most recent call at the top of the buffer and the oldest number at the bottom of the buffer Old calls get pushed off the bot tom of the buffer to make room for new calls at the top If a user dials a number that is already stored in the buffer the system inserts the number at the top of the buffer and deletes the duplicate entry The numbers stored in the En...

Page 250: ... page 28 Auto Redial periodically redials a busy outside number Central Office Calls Placing page 78 Users can easily redial the last outside number dialed Intercom page 211 Last Number Redial cannot redial Intercom calls Line Queuing Line Callback page 230 If all lines are busy and Last Number Redial cannot go through the user can dial 2 a queue for a line to become free If the user hangs up the ...

Page 251: ...xample LAST 5 DIALED 4 1 203 926 5400 The number to the right of the display shows the Last Number Redial record number 1 5 This is the total number of Last Number Redial calls stored at your extension To return to idle press REDIAL again 2 Optional Press Volume Up or Volume Down to display the number you want to call 3 To redial the displayed number do one of the following a Press SPEAKER b Lift ...

Page 252: ... can dial 2 to queue for a line to become free If you hang up the system converts the queue to a Line Callback With Line Queuing the number automatically redials when a line is available To erase clear all the numbers from your Enhanced Last Number Redial buffer 1 Press REDIAL CLEAR 2 Do one of the following a YES YES Select to clear the buffer b NO NO Select to exit without clearing the buffer Us...

Page 253: ...the dial 9 group Default Setting DSX 80 160 Lines 1 12 ring on line keys 1 12 for extensions 300 315 All other extensions are lamp only for lines 1 12 Lines 13 64 do not appear on line keys All extensions have full access on all lines Line Group Routing dial 9 is assigned to Line Group 90 which contains lines 1 8 Dial 9 works by default The outgoing line priority for the dial 9 group is as follows...

Page 254: ...ce outside calls Line Groups page 225 With Line Group Routing disabled extension users can optionally dial 90 98 to place calls on Line Groups 90 98 Line Queuing Line Callback page 230 An extension user camp on or leave a Callback if all lines in the dial 9 group are busy IntraMail Features None Operation 1 Check the extension s dial 9 Line Group assignment 2 Make sure the extension has access to ...

Page 255: ...tions Systems using Line Groups or Line Group Routing should use the hybrid FCC registration number i e the number that ends in MF E Look at the label on the bottom of your equipment cabinet for more information A line can be in more than one group Default Setting DSX 80 160 Lines 1 12 ring on line keys 1 12 for extensions 300 315 All other extensions are lamp only for lines 1 12 Lines 13 64 do no...

Page 256: ...stem s Line Groups Line Group Routing page 223 With Line Group Routing enabled extension users can press INTERCOM and dial 9 to place outgo ing calls IntraMail Features None Operation 1 Verify the Line Group configurations 2 Make sure the extension has access to the Line Groups 3 Verify that the dialing plan setup allows dialing Line Groups 90 98 Using Line Groups In these instructions Super Displ...

Page 257: ...s in the follow ing order 1 Ringing Intercom call 2 Line or loop key from lowest to highest Conditions None Default Setting DSX 80 160 Keys 1 12 are line keys for lines 1 12 DSX 40 Keys 1 8 are line keys for lines 1 8 Press a line key for one touch access to an outside line Line Key BLF Indications When the key is The line is Off Idle or not installed On red In use or on Exclusive Hold at a co wor...

Page 258: ...n 2132 01 64 Line Ringing page 764 0 lamp only no ringing Other Related Features Features Automatic Handsfree page 30 Automatic Handsfree allows the keyset user to answer a call ringing a line key without lifting the handset they just press the line key instead Central Office Calls Placing page 78 Line Keys give a user one touch access to specific lines Direct Inward Line page 109 When you assign ...

Page 259: ...or you and your co workers Line keys that flash green are just for you such as DILs and transfers 2 Lift the handset 3 Press the flashing line key If you have Ringing Line Preference lifting the handset answers the call If you have Automatic Handsfree while on a call you can press another line key to put your first call on Hold Setting Line Key Ringing Feature Mnemonic Operation Access Level Line ...

Page 260: ... free In addition many extensions can leave a Line Callback for the same line The system processes the Callbacks on a first in first out FIFO basis If an extension user leaves a Line Callback request and then fails to answer the callback ring the system can cels the Callback Line Queuing Priority Selected extensions can have Line Queuing Priority enabled in their Class of Service If more than one ...

Page 261: ...ffice Calls Answering page 74 If a line is ringing an extension because of a prior Callback and it then receives a new outside call it will start ringing for the new call The Callback request is then queued Central Office Calls Placing page 78 An extension user can queue for a busy line or queue and hang up to leave a callback for a busy line Last Number Redial page 219 If all lines are busy and L...

Page 262: ...r the busy line b Press INTERCOM and dial the Direct Line Access code e g 101 for line 1 2 Dial 2 and do one of the following a Wait on the line without hanging up for Line Queuing b Hang up for Line Callback 3 When the line becomes free do one of the following a For Line Queuing you hear outside dial tone so you can place your call again b For Line Callback you hear the Line Callback ring If you ...

Page 263: ...M and dialing 90 for Line Group 90 the user can just press the Switched Loop key and dial 0 instead Fixed Loop Keys For outgoing calls a Fixed Loop key is a loop key assigned to a specific Line Group When the extension user presses the Fixed Loop key for an outgoing call they get the first line in the group assigned to the key For incoming calls the Fixed Loop key works just like a Switched Loop k...

Page 264: ...ic Handsfree page 30 Automatic Handsfree allows the keyset user to answer a call ringing a line key without lifting the handset they just press the line key instead Call Forwarding page 44 Call Forwarding will not reroute a call ringing a loop key unless the call is a DIL or transferred call Central Office Calls Answering page 74 An extension user can press a Loop Key to answer an outside call Cen...

Page 265: ...or the flashing red loop key 2 Lift the handset 3 Press the loop key The loop key will light green after you answer If you have Ringing Line Preference lifting the handset answers the call If you have Automatic Handsfree you can press the loop key without first lifting the handset To place a call on a loop key 1 Lift the handset 2 Press the loop key The loop key will light green 3 Dial the Line Gr...

Page 266: ...ing table shows the Conference capacities The system s 32 Conference circuits are dynamically allocated as users request them Conditions None Default Setting Meet Me Conference enabled Programming 1 If yes leave 1605 02 Meet Me Conference Join Timer page 680 at its current setting 2 If no adjust 1605 02 Meet Me Conference Join Timer page 680 as required Other Related Features Features The followin...

Page 267: ...ence time INTERCOM flashes fast green after the first party joins the Conference goes out after additional parties join a Meet Me 11 MT11 Select to join Meet Me Conference 11 b Meet Me 12 MT12 Select to join Meet Me Conference 12 To join a Meet Me Conference 1 Listen for paged invitation to join the conference 2 Press INTERCOM and dial the announced Meet Me Conference code 11 or 12 You and your co...

Page 268: ...the system switches the 150 VDC signal required to light the Mes sage Waiting lamps on analog telephones with messages waiting This type of lamping is typically used on conventional 2500 type sets with Message Waiting lamps Check your system s single line sets to see if they require High Voltage Message Waiting High Voltage Message waiting is not available in DSX 40 FSK Message Waiting The system ...

Page 269: ...s If both high voltage and FSK Message Waiting are enabled the system uses FSK 3 If no in 1403 05 FSK Message Waiting Lamp for Single Line Set page 636 enter No Other Related Features Features Call Forwarding page 44 An extension user cannot leave a Message Waiting at an co worker that has Call Forwarding Immediate 34 enabled Pressing V MAIL automatically leaves a message at the forwarding destina...

Page 270: ...t answer or is Do Not Disturb If the extension you call doesn t answer press V MAIL to automatically leave them a Message Waiting If your V MAIL key and Ring Message Lamp continue to flash you have additional messages waiting To review your Messages Waiting and select a message for a return call 1 Do not lift the handset 2 Press V MAIL 3 When you see MSG xxx Press V MAIL until the extension you wa...

Page 271: ...an outside call is ringing Answering a call automatically cancels Microphone Mute While an extension has their microphone muted an incoming voice announced Intercom call announces with a single beep splash tone Handsfree Reply Soft Key Display keyset users can press their HF Reply Hfrp soft key to turn off their telephone s Handsfree micro phone for incoming Intercom calls Conditions A system rese...

Page 272: ...our telephone s microphone for incoming Intercom calls 1 Menu HF Reply Menu MORE Hfrp Select the Handsfree Reply option The first line of the display indicates if Handsfree Reply is on or off HF REPLY ON Handsfree Reply on HF REPLY OFF Handsfree Reply off 2 Do one of the following a On On Select to turn Handsfree Reply on b Off Off Select to turn Handsfree Reply off While Handsfree Reply is off yo...

Page 273: ...itor uses a system Conference circuit See Conference page 89 for more Default Setting Disabled Programming 1 In 2102 01 Class of Service page 724 check the extension s Class of Service level 2 If yes in 1402 04 Silent Monitor page 634 enterYes 3 If no in 1402 04 Silent Monitor page 634 enter No Other Related Features Features Attendant Position page 24 Since the attendant is never busy Intercom ca...

Page 274: ...nual Operation Using Monitor Silent Monitor In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To Monitor a call 1 Place an Intercom call to the busy extension Listen for busy or busy ring tone 2 Dial 6 3 Listen to the conversation in progress ...

Page 275: ...Multiple Directory Numbers DSX Software Manual Features 245 Features Multiple Directory Numbers Description See Call Coverage Keys page 40 for more ...

Page 276: ... must be compatible with the follow ing specifications For more on connecting a customer provided music source refer to the system s Hardware Manual With Music on Hold enabled transferred callers can optionally listen to ringback or MOH while their call waits at the transfer destination Note In accordance with U S copyright law a license may be required from the America Society of Composers Author...

Page 277: ...erYes 2 For ringback in 1521 02 Music on Hold for Transferred Calls page 659 enter No Other Related Features Features Background Music page 34 Background Music and Music on Hold can the same external music source Extension Hunting page 154 If Music on Hold is enabled for transferred calls a caller transferred to a busy UCD Group hears MOH Hold page 202 If installed Music on Hold plays to callers o...

Page 278: ...Music on Hold 248 Features DSX Software Manual Operation Music on Hold is automatic once enabled ...

Page 279: ... page 233 Night Service Night Ring page 252 Park page 266 Speed Dial page 315 Transfer page 358 Refer to Feature Operation below when entering names Conditions None Default Setting No extension names assigned the extension s number displays instead All line names are LINE followed by the line s number e g LINE 2 User entered names are available only at the attendant Class of Service 1 Programming ...

Page 280: ...ead 1 Menu Name Menu MORE MORE Name Select name programming 2 Follow the instructions in the Name Programming Chart below 3 Press HOLD SPEAKER to exit To program a name for a co worker s extension a Ring Group or a UCD Group 1 Menu Name Menu MORE MORE Name Select name programming 2 When you see EXT xxx do one of the following a Enter the name of the extension you want to program HOLD b Press HOLD ...

Page 281: ... n o 6 7 P Q R S p q r s 7 8 T U V t u v 8 9 W X Y Z w x y z 9 0 space 0 Not used Not used After selecting a letter press a key for another letter or wait 2 seconds for the cursor to automatically advance Additional Name Programming Options HOLD Save name SPEAKER Exit user name programming Volume Up Scroll the cursor to the right Volume Down Scroll the cursor to the left CLEAR While editing clears...

Page 282: ...number 1 An Extension s DND Key The DND key controls the night mode status of all lines that are DILs to the extension In the day the line rings the extension When the user presses DND the DILs ring their programmed night mode desti nations Also see Direct Inward Line page 109 Basic Night Service Types Following are the four basic types of Night Service operation for a line Option 1 Key Ring Day a...

Page 283: ...This capability is normally reserved only for attendants 3 If no in 1402 05 Activate Night Mode page 634 enter No 1 To set up a System night key on an extension In 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Codes page 758 enter 18 In 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Data page 758 press CLEAR 2 To set up a System night key on a DSS Console In 2402 01 60 DSS Console Key Codes page 801 enter 18 In 2402 01 60 DSS Console Key...

Page 284: ...ate the system relay see Page Relay Control page 259 IntraMail Features None Operation Using Night Service Night Ring In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To activate or deactivate Night Service i e to control the night mode of Key Ring and Ring Group lines 1 Do not lift the handset 2 Press your System night key While in the night mode the key is on red and you see SYSTEM I...

Page 285: ...for an extension when they are the exclusive recipient of the call such as a DIL Off Hook Signaling for Intercom Calls While an extension user is on a handset or Handsfree call they can receive Camp On tones from a co worker that called them and dialed 2 to Camp On Turn to Call Waiting Camp On page 58 for more on how to set this up Off hook ringing for Intercom calls is not available Off Hook Sign...

Page 286: ...artner page 749 enter 2 3 To disable Off Hook Signaling in 2116 02 Off Hook Signaling for Calls from Hotline Partner page 749 enter 0 1 For Camp On in 2116 03 Off Hook Signaling for Incoming Outside Calls page 750 enter 1 2 For ringing in 2116 03 Off Hook Signaling for Incoming Outside Calls page 750 enter 2 3 To disable Off Hook Signaling in 2116 03 Off Hook Signaling for Incoming Outside Calls p...

Page 287: ...er the waiting call In addition transferred calls can initiate Off Hook Signaling Voice Over page 385 Voice Over also lets a user get through to a keyset extension user busy on a handset call The busy key set extension user hears an alert tone followed by the voice of the interrupting party IntraMail Features None Operation User Programmable Feature Setting Up Off Hook Signaling Feature Mnemonic O...

Page 288: ...One Touch Keys 258 Features DSX Software Manual One Touch Keys Description Available for Personal Speed Dial See Speed Dial page 315 for more ...

Page 289: ...to the external zone is via the audio output minijack located on the equipment cabinet In DSX 80 160 access to the external zone is via the audio output minijack on the CPU Refer to the system s Hardware Manual for additional installation details When connecting External Paging equipment be sure to adhere to the following requirements Page Relay Control Page Relay Control allows an announcement br...

Page 290: ...l Paging If enabled any type of call that rings the extension will broadcast over the Paging speakers While an Intercom call rings External Paging any extension user can dial a code INTERCOM 0 to pick up the call If the system relay is programmed for Page Relay Control and an extension is set up to ring over External Paging the relay will activate when the extension rings Door Chime Over External ...

Page 291: ...ge Into Zone 1 page 644 through 1407 08 Make Page Into Zone 7 page 646 enter No 1 If yes leave 1605 01 Page Duration Timer page 680 at its current setting 2 If no adjust 1605 01 Page Duration Timer page 680 as required 1 To set up a Paging key on an extension In 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Codes page 758 enter 13 In 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Data page 758 enter the zone number 1 7 or 0 for All Call ...

Page 292: ... 662 enter 1 You can have outside line ringing or Intercom ringing not both 2 In 1531 02 Extension Ring Over External Page page 662 enter the number of the extension that should ring over the External Paging 3 In 1531 03 External Page Ring Volume page 663 adjust the system s External Page port audio output volume as required 1 for low volume 2 for medium volume 3 for high volume 4 Use 1531 05 Exte...

Page 293: ...volume of the system s External Page port audio output Other Related Features Features Background Music page 34 Background Music can broadcast over the External Paging speakers Central Office Calls Answering page 74 Outside call ringing can broadcast over the External Paging speakers Direct Inward Line page 109 DILs cannot ring over the External Paging speakers or activate the page relay Direct St...

Page 294: ... 1 7 or 0 for All Call b Press your Paging key If you are on an Intercom call when you press a Paging key the system disconnects the internal call and activates the page 3 Make announcement and hang up The system may limit the length of your announcement To answer a call that is ringing over the Paging speakers 1 Lift the handset 2 Dial 0 3 Converse with the caller Enabling Incoming Paging Feature...

Page 295: ...Paging Meet Me Conference DSX Software Manual Features 265 Features Paging Meet Me Conference Description Available Refer to Meet Me Conference page 236 for more ...

Page 296: ...tension at which it is parked If unanswered there it recalls to the extension that parked the call If still unanswered it diverts to Key Ring When an extension has System Park keys the keys provide a Busy Lamp Field BLF for the orbit assigned to the key Distinctive Flash Rate on Recall Park recall features a distinctive flash rate for line keys see the chart below This allows the keyset exten sion...

Page 297: ...n that initially parked it and after the call diverts to Key Ring Conditions None Default Setting Park available No System Park keys assigned Programming 1 If yes leave 1603 04 Park Orbit Recall Timer page 677 at its current setting 2 If no adjust 1603 04 Park Orbit Recall Timer page 677 as required The recall for orbits 68 and 69 is fixed at five minutes 1 To set up a System Park Orbit key on an ...

Page 298: ...ystem Park Dial orbit number 0 9 Super Display Select orbit Orbit 0 Orbit 9 b Press TRANSFER and dial Dial the System Park Orbit 60 69 c Press your Park key Your Park key winks on green for calls you Park and is on steady for calls your co worker s Park The line loop key for the parked call winks on green at your extension 2 If a call in System Park Orbits recalls you see one of the following a If...

Page 299: ...ls you see one of the following a If the extension that parked the call doesn t have a name Personal Park Recall STA 301 b If the extension that parked the call has a programmed name Personal Park Recall 300 Attendant Park In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key ...

Page 300: ... PBX Centrex Access Codes and Toll Restriction The following occurs if a DSX line is programmed as a PBX line and access codes are properly entered in the PBX Access Codes Table see Programming below If an extension user seizes the line and dials a number without a valid PBX access code DSX assumes the call is an internal PBX call and allows it without restriction If an extension user seizes the l...

Page 301: ...ccess Code the entire number dialed is printed in the Number Dialed column and PBX is printed in the Type column indicating that the calls is an internal PBX call Conditions None Default Setting No PBX Centrex Access Codes programmed Programming 1 In 3101 04 PBX Line page 811 enterYes A line will only use the PBX Access Codes Table in step 2 if it is programmed as a PBX line 1 In 3401 01 PBX Acces...

Page 302: ...PC to the system Remote Programming Using an IP or modem connection between your PC and the remote system you can custom ize a customer s system without leaving your office Specify what is required for IP and modem connections Off Line Programming With Off Line Programming the PC Program allows you to set up a database on your PC off line connect to the telephone system and upload the entire custo...

Page 303: ...PC Program System Administrator DSX Software Manual Features 273 Features Conditions N A Default Setting N A Programming N A Other Related Features N A Operation Refer to the PC Program User s Guide ...

Page 304: ...ine or Line Group regardless of whether the extension has a line or loop key for the line or group Idle Prime Line to any line or Line Group is also available at single line telephones Intercom Prime Line With Intercom Prime Line an idle extension user hears Intercom dial tone whenever they lift the handset or press SPEAKER Intercom Prime Line may help the extension user that most often uses Inter...

Page 305: ... 2114 01 Prime Line Type page 741 enter 0 Other Related Features Features Direct Inward Line page 109 If an extension s Prime Line is another extension s DIL lifting the handset will answer the call even though it does not ring the phone Direct Station Selection DSS page 117 With Intercom Prime Line an idle extension user hears Intercom dial tone whenever they lift the handset or press SPEAKER Sin...

Page 306: ...Key To place a call on your Prime Line 1 Lift the handset To bypass your prime line press another key such as a line or loop key before lifting the handset 2 Dial call normally Changing your Prime Line Assignment Feature Mnemonic Operation Access Level Prime Line Preference PLA 752 PLA Press one of your flashing programmable keys INTERCOM or CLEAR for none SPEAKER to exit 3 5 ...

Page 307: ... of Service level 2 If yes in 1401 03 Privacy page 628 enterYes 3 If no in 1401 03 Privacy page 628 enter No Other Related Features Features Attendant Position page 24 Since the attendant is never busy for Intercom calls the attendant always has Privacy enabled Call Waiting Camp On page 58 Privacy blocks Camp On beeps Barge In Intrusion page 36 Privacy blocks Barge In attempts Monitor Silent Monit...

Page 308: ...have line keys and access to the lines they want to share Privacy Release Groups utilizes a Conference circuit The following table shows the Conference capacities The system s 32 Conference circuits are dynamically allocated as users request them Privacy Release Guard Timer The system provides a guard timer that prevents an extension user from inadvertently placing a Privacy Release Conference on ...

Page 309: ...nference page 89 Group Listen page 187 Meet Me Conference page 236 Tandem Calls Unsupervised Conference page 341 IntraMail Features None Operation 1 Should an extension be in a Privacy Release Group Using Privacy Release Groups In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To join an outside call with a member of your Privacy Release group 1 Look for the busy line key The busy line ...

Page 310: ...oming and outgoing calls An executive may want a both ways Private Line that is available only to them for placing and answering calls You can optionally set up shared Private Lines between a group of co workers that work closely together Conditions None Default Setting No Private Lines programmed Programming 1 For a non shared exclusive Private Line Make sure that only the Private Line owner exte...

Page 311: ...page 202 Last Number Redial page 219 Night Service Night Ring page 252 Park page 266 Prime Line Preference page 274 Save Number Dialed page 298 Speed Dial page 315 Toll Restriction page 351 Transfer page 358 The following feature does not apply to Private Lines Call Forwarding page 44 If you want to be able to forward a private line consider setting up a Direct Inward Line IntraMail Features None ...

Page 312: ... Entry Display Description 00 UNDEFINED The key has no function and the idle menu display is blank 01 Directory Press to access additional soft keys for Intercom System Speed Dial and Personal Speed Dial Directory Dialing 02 Extension Press to directly access Intercom Directory Dialing 03 Personal Press to directly access Personal Speed Dial Directory Dialing 04 Company Press to directly access Sy...

Page 313: ...play page 761 customize the idle menu soft keys as required Other Related Features Features User Programmable Features page 368 A Super Display Telephone user can assign their own idle menu soft keys Also see Feature Operation on the next page IntraMail Features None 10 SP Dial 2 Press to access Personal Speed Dial bins 711 720 The display shows the Speed Dial number or name if programmed 11 30 PE...

Page 314: ...o scroll through the keys 4 Press HOLD 5 Do one of the following a Enter the key option code from the Super Display Telephone Idle Menu Softy Key Options chart b Press INTERCOM Press Volume Up or Volume Down to select the key option 6 Press HOLD 7 Do one of the following a Select another key to program b Press SPEAKER to exit Customizing your Idle Menu Soft Keys Feature Mnemonic Operation Access L...

Page 315: ...outside calling Conditions None Default Setting Pulse to Tone Conversion always enabled for dial pulse lines Programming 1 In 3101 01 Line Type page 809 enter the connected line s type 2 In 3101 03 DTMF Dialing page 811 enter 0 Other Related Features Features Single Line Telephones page 305 The system does not provide Pulse to Tone Conversion for SLTs The conversion must be switched manually from ...

Page 316: ...ch Toll Restriction Table For more see Toll Restriction page 351 Conditions None Default Setting System is enabled for North American installations Programming See Description above Other Related Features Features Language Selection page 217 Optionally switch all telephone displays to Spanish Station Message Detail Recording page 328 Optionally enable the Spanish SMDR header and Call Type data Tol...

Page 317: ...ss of Service page 724 check the extension s Class of Service level 2 If yes in 1402 06 Direct Line Access page 634 enterYes 3 If no in 1402 06 Direct Line Access page 634 enter No Other Related Features Features Attendant Position page 24 Normally system attendants should have the ability to remove lines and extensions from service Call Forwarding page 44 If Call Forwarding is enabled at an exten...

Page 318: ... one of the following a Dial the number of the extension you want to remove or return to service e g 302 b Dial the extension number of the line you want to remove from service e g 101 for line 1 4 Do one of the following a Dial 4 to return the line or extension to service b Dial 6 to remove the line or extension from service At the extension removed from service you see Out of Service The line ke...

Page 319: ...errupting the initial call When the keyset is idle the Reverse Voice Over key functions the same as a Hotline key The key also shows at a glance the status of the associated extension Reverse Voice Over uses a system Conference circuit while it is active The following table shows the sys tem s Conference capacities The system s 32 Conference circuits are dynamically allocated as users request them...

Page 320: ...ser cannot add an incoming Reverse Voice Over call to a Conference Direct Station Selection DSS Console page 120 A DSS Console can not have a Reverse Voice Over key Do Not Disturb page 143 DND does not block Reverse Voice Over Hold page 202 An extension cannot put an incoming Reverse Voice Over call on Hold Transfer page 358 While idle an extension user can use their Reverse Voice Over key to Tran...

Page 321: ...to your Reverse Voice Over partner 1 While your telephone is idle press your Reverse Voice Over key You hear two beeps then you can talk to your co worker Optionally lift handset for privacy The key lights green To Transfer a call using your Reverse Voice Over key 1 While on a call press TRANSFER 2 Press your Reverse Voice Over key 3 Do one of the following a Announce the call to make a Screened T...

Page 322: ...Ring Groups 292 Features DSX Software Manual Ring Groups Description Available See Group Ring page 189 ...

Page 323: ...Telephone extension number not a line s extension number Voice mail UCD Group or Ring Group master number System or Personal Speed Dial number Other Related Features Features Intercom page 211 Ringdown Extension follows the voice announce status of destination extension For example if an extension usually voice announces Intercom calls a ringdown to that extension will also voice announce Ringing ...

Page 324: ...on Using Ringdown In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To use the Ringdown extension 1 Lift the handset or press SPEAKER To bypass Ringdown 1 Press INTERCOM a line loop key or a Feature Key before lifting the handset or pressing SPEAKER ...

Page 325: ...ndset and headset calls Simply lift the handset to answer a ringing call Feature Keyset Attendant RLP Y RLP N RLP Y RLP N Does lifting the handset answer the ringing call Intercom page 211 Ringing Intercom calls Yes Yes No1 No1 Key Ring page 214 Line Loop Keys Yes No Yes No Transfer page 358 Yes No Yes No Direct Inward Line page 109 Yes No Yes No Group Ring page 189 Yes Yes N A N A Extension Hunti...

Page 326: ...rime Line will have priority over any other ringing line The seize priority is as follows Ringing Prime Line Ringing non Prime Line Prime Line Conditions None Default Setting Enabled Programming 1 In 2111 04 Ringing Line Preference page 732 enterYes Feature Keyset Attendant RLP Y RLP N RLP Y RLP N Does pressing SPEAKER while in the Headset mode answer the ringing call Intercom page 211 Ringing Int...

Page 327: ...ging Line Preference has precedence over Ringdown Extension If Ringing Line Preference is ringing the phone lifting the handset answers the call Lifting the handset does not call the Ringdown destination IntraMail Features None Operation User Programmable Feature Using Ringing Line Preference In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To use Ringing Line Preference 1 Lift the han...

Page 328: ...page 801 enter 25 2 In 2402 01 60 DSS Console Key Data page 801 make no entry Other Related Features Features Account Codes page 14 and Last Number Redial page 219 Last Number Redial and Save do not store Account Codes This means that the user must manually enter an Account Code to have it included with a call dialed using Last Number Redial and Save Central Office Calls Placing page 78 Save an ou...

Page 329: ... Key To save the outside number you just dialed up to 32 digits 1 Press the Save Number Dialed key on your extension or DSS Console To redial a saved number 1 Optional Press a line key to preselect a line key for the call 2 Press the Save Number Dialed key on your extension or DSS Console If you hear busy you may be able to dial 2 and wait in line for the line to become free ...

Page 330: ...time they are expected back e g 5 00 The total length of the message plus any user appended entries cannot exceed 18 Selectable Display Messages cannot begin with numbers Following are the 16 default Selectable Display Messages Conditions None Default Setting See the table above While you re away from the phone callers can receive personalized text messages you set up Option Default Message 01 CAL...

Page 331: ...y Messages Other Related Features Features Call Forwarding page 44 Enabling or canceling Call Forwarding cancels an extension s Selectable Display Messaging Removing Lines and Extensions from Service page 287 Removing and returning an extension to service does not cancel an extension s Selectable Display Messaging Single Line Telephones page 305 SLTs cannot use Selectable Display Messaging Speed D...

Page 332: ...ely dial 0 Message MORE Msg Select to set up Selectable Display Messaging Alternately dial 8 Skip to Selectable Display Messaging page 300 for more 3 Do one of the following a Dial the message number 01 16 b Press Volume Up or Volume Down to scroll through the message numbers 4 Press HOLD The selected message displays 5 Do one of the following a Press Volume Up or Volume Down to scroll through the...

Page 333: ...n o 6 7 P Q R S p q r s 7 8 T U V t u v 8 9 W X Y Z w x y z 9 0 space 0 Not used Not used After selecting a letter press a key for another letter or wait 2 seconds for the cursor to automatically advance Additional Name Programming Options HOLD Save name SPEAKER Exit user name programming Volume Up Scroll the cursor to the right Volume Down Scroll the cursor to the left CLEAR While editing clears ...

Page 334: ...Silent Monitor 304 Features DSX Software Manual Silent Monitor Description Available See Monitor Silent Monitor page 243 for more ...

Page 335: ...SX 40 Single line telephones assigned to Key Ring or the same Ring Group will ring simultaneously This is also true for single line telephones connected to the same port Since the Ringer Equivalence Numbers of con nected single line telephones are cumulative you must do the following Add up the RENs of all connected single line telephones Be sure the total REN does not exceed 4 on any single port ...

Page 336: ...ngle line telephones cannot use DND Flash page 177 The Class of Service option 1403 01 Flash for Single Line Set page 635 allows you to enable or dis able hookflash for analog single line extensions Handsfree and Handsfree Answerback page 195 Single line telephones do not have Handsfree and Handsfree Answerback capability Headset Compatibility page 198 Single line telephones do not have headset ca...

Page 337: ...ial 4 3 Join the conversation in progress Call Forwarding 1 Lift the handset and dial 3 2 Do one of the following a Dial 0 for Cancel your extension s Call Forwarding b Dial 2 for Call Forwarding Busy No Answer c Dial 4 for Call Forwarding Immediate d Dial 6 for Call Forwarding No Answer 3 Dial destination extension 0 for your operator or voice mail master number 4 Do one of the following a Dial 2...

Page 338: ...gs lift the handset Central Office Calls Placing 1 Lift the handset 2 Do one of the following a For Line Dial Up i Dial 9 followed by the line number e g 901 for line 1 b For Direct Line Access i Dial 1 followed by the line number e g 101 for line 1 c For Line Group Access i Dial the Line Group code 9 or 90 98 3 Dial the outside number Conference 1 Establish Intercom or outside call 2 Hookflash an...

Page 339: ... chimes are not available at single line telephones To control the relay which in turn controls the Door Box strike 1 Place or answer the Door Box call 2 To open the relay hookflash 3 To close the relay hookflash Flash 1 Place or answer an outside call 2 Hooflash and dial 3 When you hear CO PBX Centrex dial tone dial a new call or use other features provided externally by the connected service For...

Page 340: ...lusive Hold or have a camped on call waiting dialing 7 will answer the waiting call See Split for more To retrieve a call from Exclusive Hold 1 Hookflash and dial 7 Intercom To place an Intercom call 1 Lift the handset 2 Dial the extension number To call the operator dial the operator s extension number or dial 0 or 01 04 depending on how your system is set up If your call voice announces the dest...

Page 341: ... meeting within the Meet Me Conference time Message Waiting To leave a message for a co worker 1 Place Intercom call to co worker The extension you call can be unanswered busy or in Do Not Disturb 2 Dial 8 and hang up V MAIL flashes fast at the extension you called To answer a Message Waiting 1 Lift the handset 2 Dial 8 Night Service Night Ring To answer a call ringing over the paging system 1 Lif...

Page 342: ...switched manually from the telephone The system does not provide Pulse to Tone Conversion for SLTs Removing Lines and Extensions from Service 1 Lift the handset 2 Dial 40 3 Dial the line 101 164 or extension 300 427 you want to remove from service 4 So one of the following a Dial 4 to return a line or extension to service b Dial 6 to remove a line or extension from service 5 Hang up Speed Dial To ...

Page 343: ...to set up the Conference 4 Hang up If the outside parties disconnect the lines you selected do not have Tandem Calling capability Transfer To transfer your call 1 Place or answer call 2 Hookflash and dial the extension to which you want to Transfer the call To Transfer the call to the voice mail Automated Attendant dial the voice mail master number 700 3 Do one of the following a To transfer the c...

Page 344: ...Soft Keys 314 Features DSX Software Manual Soft Keys Description Available SeeInteractive Soft Keys page 210 for more ...

Page 345: ...ed Dial bin you can select either a line or a Line Group over which the call should route For example you can enter 1 for line 1 or 90 for Line Group 90 If you enter a Line Group number the system will follow the Line Group programming and select an available line in the group for the call If you enter a line number and the line is busy when the Speed Dial bin tries to dials out the user hears bus...

Page 346: ...ing or dialing It only becomes available if you reprogram bin 701 to be 16 digits or less Since bin 720 is the last Personal Speed Dial bin it can contain only 16 digits Manually Dialing After Speed Dial on T1 Lines When using a tie line or an outgoing DID line for Speed Dial Auto Redial Last Number Redial or Save the user can manually dial additional digits as soon as the stored number dials out ...

Page 347: ...onal Speed Dial Bin Group page 775 enter the Line Group number 90 98 In 2151 01 20 Personal Speed Dial Bin Number page 776 enter the Speed Dial number In 2151 01 20 Personal Speed Dial Bin Name page 777 enter a name for the Speed Dial number Setting Up System Speed Dial 1 In 2102 01 Class of Service page 724 check the extension s Class of Service level 2 If yes In 1401 01 System Speed Dial Access ...

Page 348: ...name for the Speed Dial number Setting Up Speed Dial Feature Keys 1 To set up a Personal Speed Dial key on an extension In 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Codes page 758 enter 15 In 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Data page 758 enter the personal bin number 01 20 1 To set up a Personal Speed Dial key on a DSS Console In 2402 01 60 DSS Console Key Codes page 801 enter 15 In 2402 01 60 DSS Console Key Data page...

Page 349: ...onsole is attached This means that DSS Consoles that share the same block number still have unique Personal Speed Dial Toll Restriction page 351 The system enforces Toll Restriction on Speed Dial numbers as they are dialed not as they are stored Voice Over page 385 An extension user can Voice Over after calling a co worker by using Personal Speed Dial IntraMail Features None Operation 2 Is a Flash...

Page 350: ...onal Speed Dial bin number 701 720 b 24 Button or 34 Button Telephone Only Press bin key for bins 701 710 c Press a Feature Key set up as a Personal Speed Dial key d Super Display Telephone Only Press Spd Dial 1 bins 701 710 or Spd Dial 2 bins 711 720 Press the soft key for the number you want to dial 2 Optional To chain bins wait for the first bin to dial out then press a bin key or Feature Key I...

Page 351: ...r more 10 Press HOLD 11 Do one of the following a Repeat from step 3 to program another bin b Press SPEAKER to exit To dial a stored System Speed Dial number 1 Do one of the following a Press INTERCOM dial then dial the System Speed Dial bin number normally 201 299 c Press a Feature Key set up as a System Speed Dial key 2 Optional To chain bins wait for the first bin to dial out then press a bin k...

Page 352: ...3 Times 4 Times 5 Times 6 Times 7 Times 8 Times 9 Times 1 1 2 A B C a b c 2 3 D E F d e f 3 4 G H I g h i 4 5 J K L j k l 5 6 M N O m n o 6 7 P Q R S p q r s 7 8 T U V t u v 8 9 W X Y Z w x y z 9 0 space 0 Not used Not used After selecting a letter press a key for another letter or wait 2 seconds for the cursor to automatically advance Additional Name Programming Options HOLD Save name SPEAKER Exi...

Page 353: ...ge 758 do not make an entry 1 To set up a Split Feature Key on a DSS Console In 2402 01 60 DSS Console Key Codes page 801 enter 20 In 2402 01 60 DSS Console Key Data page 801 do not make an entry Other Related Features Features Call Waiting Camp On page 58 Camp On lets an extension user know that a call is waiting to be answered The user can Split between the waiting call and their current call Di...

Page 354: ...utside call and an Intercom call 1 Press TRANSFER to place your outside call on Hold 2 Place or answer your new Intercom call 3 Press your Split Feature Key to switch between your Intercom call and outside call To Split between your current Intercom call and an outside call 1 Press HOLD to place your current Intercom call on Hold 2 Answer the outside call 3 Press your Split Feature Key to switch b...

Page 355: ...splay Telephone features a large 3 line by 24 character backlit alphanumeric display with 4 Inter active Soft Keys for intuitive feature access It also pro vides 10 Personal Speed Dial bin keys 24 programmable Feature Keys and 12 fixed function keys for streamlined operation Additionally this telephone offers a backlit keypad a headset jack and built in speakerphone Unique features include dual LE...

Page 356: ...a ture Keys and 12 fixed function keys for streamlined oper ation Additionally this telephone offers a built in half duplex speakerphone with no external speaker or micro phone required a backlit keypad and a headset jack Unique features include dual LEDs built in wall mount ing and an innovative two position angle adjustment For this feature The lamp does this Caller ID Logging Double wink on gre...

Page 357: ...nected to a digital station port 00 for Undefined 01 for DSX 22 Button 02 for DSX 34 Button 03 for DSX Super Display 04 for DS 22 Button Non display 05 for DS 22 Button Display 06 for DS 34 Button 07 for DS Super Display 08 for Cordless Telephone 09 for Single Line Telephone 10 for Analog Door Box Other Related Features None Operation Refer to the individual features 1 Extension Circuit Type ...

Page 358: ...llection device A standard 6 conductor line cord to connect the adaptor to the system s RS 232 port SMDR does not buffer records when the data collection device is disconnected Call Duration Independent of System Clock The duration of a call on the SMDR report is calculated independently of the system clock This prevents changes made to the system Time and Date from inaccurately reporting the call...

Page 359: ...r am or P for pm 18 19 Carriage return line feed 3 1 2 Carriage return line feed Call Record Header 1 1 3 characters 4 character 5 7 characters 8 character 9 40 characters 41 character 42 51 characters 52 character 53 61 characters 62 character 63 70 characters 71 character 72 74 characters 2 1 3 Sta 4 character 5 7 Lin 8 character 9 40 9 spaces Number Dialed 10 spaces 41 character 42 51 2 spaces ...

Page 360: ...3 70 characters 71 character 72 74 characters Call Record 1 1 3 Extension number 4 character 5 7 Line number 2 digits right justified preceded by one space 8 character 9 40 Number dialed up to 20 characters right justified preceded by spaces 41 character 42 51 Account Code right justified preceded by spaces 52 character 53 61 Start time of call hh mm ssA or P 62 character 63 70 Duration of call hh...

Page 361: ...ge 666 enter 2 Other Related Features Features Account Codes page 14 Account Codes print on the SMDR report Call Timer page 55 The Call Timer also helps users keep track of their time on the phone Caller ID page 63 Caller ID prints out on the SMDR report Language Selection page 217 The language of the SMDR header and the data in the SMDR Call Type T field can be either English or Spanish Time and ...

Page 362: ...Station Message Detail Recording 332 Features DSX Software Manual Operation SMDR is automatic once enabled ...

Page 363: ...System Administrator PC Program DSX Software Manual Features 333 Features System Administrator PC Program Description Available See PC Program System Administrator page 272 for more ...

Page 364: ...ormation is saved into system memory Conditions None Default Setting No entries Programming 1 In 1011 01 System Name page 597 enter the site name 2 In 1011 02 Telephone Number page 597 enter the site telephone number Other Related Features N A Operation N A Store the site name and telephone number in the system data base 1 To enter the site name and telephone number into the system data base ...

Page 365: ...stem data base saved on the card You can store the system database on the IntraMail CompactFlash Card or on a separate FAT16 or FAT32 formatted CompactFlash card The entire system database uses about 500 Kbytes Of Compact Flash memory Programming 1 In 9041 Backup page 927 back up the site data 1 In 9042 Restore page 928 back up the site data Other Related Features None Operation None Use a Compact...

Page 366: ...programming Control access to system programming Logging On with this Password Gives you access to these programs System Administrator 1 level 1 Password 0000 1001 01 System Type page 595 1001 02 Software Version page 595 1001 03 DSP Version page 596 1011 01 System Name page 597 1011 02 Telephone Number page 597 1021 01 System Time page 599 1021 02 System Date page 599 1022 01 Automatic Daylight S...

Page 367: ...System Programming Password Protection DSX Software Manual Features 337 Features IntraMail Features None Operation None ...

Page 368: ...ith telco s T1 Automatic Number Identification ANI and Dialed Number Infor mation Service DNIS services ANI DNIS services can be provided on T1 loop start ground start and DID lines but not E M ANI DNIS Compatibility provides Selectable Receive Format You can set up the system for compatibility with any combination of ANI DNIS and Dialed Number Address data provided by the telco Flexible Routing f...

Page 369: ...42 Call Control page 702 1651 TX Transmit Timers page 704 1652 RX Receive Timers page 706 1653 MFC Incoming Timers page 710 1654 MFC Outgoing Timers page 712 1 Review the following options for compatibility with your connected T1 service 1213 01 Number of PCM Channels page 616 By default this entry is 0 all channels active 1213 02 Clock Control page 616 By default this entry is 1 T1 PCB is the clo...

Page 370: ...NI Digits page 826 indicate the number of digits the telco provides in the ANI number This is required only for option 1 in step 2 This does not apply to options 2 4 in step 2 1 For FSK based Caller ID in 3121 01 Caller ID Type page 825 enter 1 2 For ANI based Caller ID in 3121 01 Caller ID Type page 825 enter 3 and see step 4 above Other Related Features Features Direct Inward Dialing page 99 Dir...

Page 371: ...ated as users request them Conditions None Default Setting Tandem Calls are disabled Programming 1 If yes 3103 04 Tandem Calls page 816 enterYes 2 If no 3103 04 Tandem Calls page 816 enter No 1 In 2102 01 Class of Service page 724 check the extension s Class of Service level 2 If yes in 1411 05 Unsupervised Conference page 648 enterYes 3 If no in 1411 05 Unsupervised Conference page 648 enter No J...

Page 372: ...ish outside call 2 Press CONF Your hear Intercom dial tone Your caller hears Music on Hold if installed while they wait for you to set up the Conference 3 Do one of the following a Place or answer an outside call b Retrieve a call from Park Orbit 4 Press CONF to set up the Conference If you cannot add additional parties to your Conference you have exceeded the system s Conference limit 5 Hang up T...

Page 373: ...k to each other To rejoin a Tandem Call you have Placed on Hold 1 Press CONF Setting up a Tandem Call at a Single Line Telephone In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To set up a Tandem Call at a single line telephone 1 Establish an outside call 2 Hookflash and establish another outside call 3 Hookflash and dial 10 to set up a three way Conference 4 Hang up If the outside pa...

Page 374: ...Start 3 In 3101 03 DTMF Dialing page 811 indicate whether the line is DTMF 1 or Dial Pulse 0 1 In 3141 02 Tie Line Caller s Operator Extension page 830 assign the tie line s operator extension This is the extension reached when the incoming tie line caller dials 0 1 In 3141 01 Tie Line Caller s Outbound Dial 9 Group page 830 assign the Line Group reached 90 98 when incoming tie line callers dial 9...

Page 375: ...ng single line telephone features are available over tie lines Call Waiting Camp On Central Office Calls Placing Line Group Access Direct Line Access Door Box calling Hold retrieve a call on Hold in the remote system Intercom Night Service 0 pick up Speed Dial System dialing Transfer Voice Mail leave message in remote mailbox Unavailable Single Line Features The following single line telephone fea...

Page 376: ...t Line Access i Dial 1 followed by the line number e g 101 for line 1 b For Line Group Access i Dial the Line Group code 9 or 90 98 3 Dial the outside number Direct Line Access 1 Access the tie line then dial 1 plus the line number e g 101 for line 1 2 Dial outside number Door Box To place a call to the Door Box 1 Access the tie line 2 Dial the Door Box extension number Hold To retrieve a line on ...

Page 377: ...erator dial 0 The call rings the destination extension Night Service Night Ring To answer a call ringing over the paging system 1 Access the tie line 2 Dial 0 Speed Dial System To dial a Speed Dial number in the remote system 1 Access the tie line 2 Dial and the System Speed Dial bin number e g 201 299 3 The stored number dials out through a line in the remote system ...

Page 378: ...the extension to which you want to Transfer the call To Transfer the call to the remote voice mail Automated Attendant dial the voice mail master number 700 3 Do one of the following a To transfer the call unscreened hang up b To screen the transfer wait for the called party to answer before hanging up Voice Mail To leave a voice mail message in a remote co worker s mailbox 1 Access the tie line a...

Page 379: ... Date page 599 set the system date 1 If yes in 1022 01 Automatic Daylight Savings Time Setting page 600 enterYes 2 If no in 1022 01 Automatic Daylight Savings Time Setting page 600 enter No 1 If yes in 1511 02 Clock Display Format page 656 enter a new clock format 1 4 The options are After changing the entry for the Clock Display Format an extension user must either lift and replace the handset or...

Page 380: ... Recording page 328 Time and date appear on the SMDR report IntraMail Features None Operation User Programmable Feature Changing the System Time and Date Feature Mnemonic Operation Access Level Time and Date TD 83 TD Enter time in 24 hour clock using hours 2 digits minutes 2 digits and seconds 2 digits HOLD Enter date using month 2 digits day 2 digits and year 4 dig its HOLD SPEAKER to exit 4 and ...

Page 381: ...to disable this option if you don t want co workers making these types of calls The setting of 0 Dialing does not affect the operation of inter national dialing see the option immediately following International 011 Dialing Use the International Dialing option to restrict extension access to high cost international 011 dialing You can for example enable international dialing for high priority user...

Page 382: ...ction Tables Dialing Type Program Description Equal Access Dialing Program 352x 1010 XXX Local XXX Equal Access Dialing page 844 Lookup table that restricts 1010 XXX dialing Can be set up as an allow or deny table Example1 1010 220 203 926 5400 1 Dialing Program 353x 1 XXX TBL A XXX NPA NXX Dialing 3 Digit Table page 846 3 digit lookup table that handles restric tion for 1 NPA and 1 NXX dialing Ca...

Page 383: ...se tables work together For example you can allow an NPA in 355x and deny a specific NPA NXX combination in 356x Default Toll Restriction Configuration When you assign a Toll Level to an extension the extension has the following Toll Restriction by default Active Key Pad is enabled N11 Dialing is enabled 0 Dialing is enabled International 011 Dialing is enabled Equal Access 101X XXX Dialing is ena...

Page 384: ...841 enter No Equal Access Dialing Restrictions 1 If yes in 3512 03 Allow 101x Equal Access Dialing page 841 enterYes 2 If no in 3512 03 Allow 101x Equal Access Dialing page 841 enter No 1 If yes in 352x 1010 XXX Local XXX Equal Access Dialing page 844 set up the Equal Access dial ing Table Be sure to initialize the table before programming it for the first time You can make the table a deny table ...

Page 385: ...Table page 848 change the table to a deny table with no entries This provides no 6 digit restriction Long Distance Dialing Restrictions 1 If yes in 355x XXX TBL B XXX NPA NXX Dialing 3 Digit Table page 850 set up the table Be sure to initialize the table before programming it for the first time You can make the table a deny table and enter just the codes you want to restrict or You can make the ta...

Page 386: ...p 10 Digit Local Calling Restrict 1 203 calls in a neighboring foreign area code but allow 203 10 digit calls in the home area code 1 For Toll Level 2 be sure Toll Restriction Tables 352x through 356x are deny tables with no entries This will allow unrestricted dialing 2 In 353x 1 XXX TBL A XXX NPA NXX Dialing 3 Digit Table add code 203 3 In 2102 02 Station Toll Level Day and 2102 03 Station Toll ...

Page 387: ... page 219 Last Number Redial will not store a number denied by Toll Restriction Private Line page 280 Toll Restriction restricts Private Lines just like any other line Regional Defaults page 286 Changing the Regional Default to Latin America automatically enables the Latin American Toll Restriction package Latin American Toll Restriction is not included in this manual Save Number Dialed page 298 S...

Page 388: ...lling Transfer Recall Display The Transfer recall display occurs as the call is ringing the extension that initially transferred it as well as after the call diverts to Key Ring It identifies The type of call recalling the extension The extension to which the call was initially transferred Handsfree Transfer Handsfree Transfer allows an extension user to Transfer an outside call directly to a co w...

Page 389: ...Call Forward No Answer Timer interval and then diverts to Key Ring No Answer 36 Call rings destination for the 1603 01 Transfer Recall Timer interval If unanswered it rings the forwarding destination for the 1601 03 Call For ward No Answer Timer interval If still unanswered it rings the initial transferring des tination for the 1601 03 Call Forward No Answer Timer interval and then diverts to Key ...

Page 390: ...e 1603 01 Transfer Recall Timer interval If unanswered it rings the initial transferring destination for the 1601 03 Call Forward No Answer Timer interval and then diverts to Key Ring No Answer 36 Call rings destination for the 1603 01 Transfer Recall Timer interval If unanswered it rings the forwarding destination for the 1601 03 Call For ward No Answer Timer interval If still unanswered it rings...

Page 391: ...on for the 1603 01 Transfer Recall Timer interval If unanswered it rings the initial transferring destination for the 1601 03 Call Forward No Answer Timer interval and then diverts to Key Ring No Answer 36 Call rings destination for the 1603 01 Transfer Recall Timer interval If unanswered it rings the forwarding destination for the 1601 03 Call For ward No Answer Timer interval If still unanswered...

Page 392: ...nnected In 1521 01 Enable Music on Hold page 659 enterYes In 1521 02 Music on Hold for Transferred Calls page 659 enterYes 2 To hear ringback In 1521 02 Music on Hold for Transferred Calls page 659 enter No 3 For each line in 3103 05 Music On Hold Source page 816 assign the MOH source 0 for none 1 for audio input minijack 1 2 for audio input minijack 2 3 for internal tone 1 4 for internal tone 2 5...

Page 393: ...ed to a UCD Group master number activate hunting Group Call Pickup page 184 An outside call transferred to an extension in a Pickup Group activates Group Call Pickup Group Ring page 189 An extension user can Transfer a call to a Ring Group master number If unanswered the call will recall the extension from which it was transferred Hold page 202 If an extension receiving a screened Transfer answers...

Page 394: ...s for 20 minutes and then Transfers the call to extension 302 extension 302 owns the entire call record as soon as they hang up Voice Mail page 372 Pressing TRANSFER Call Coverage Key can Transfer a call to an uninstalled extension s mailbox if the mailbox is enabled Pressing a Hotline key can also Transfer a call to an uninstalled extension s mailbox if the mailbox is enabled Voice Over page 385 ...

Page 395: ...u don t have to press TRANSFER before your Hot line key 4 Do one of the following a Announce call to make a Screened Transfer then hang up b Press the flashing line key to return to the call if your co worker doesn t want it c Hang up to send the call through unscreened The call will recall to you if unanswered by your co worker If you don t answer the recall the call diverts to Key Ring d Press V...

Page 396: ...ension number b Press Hotline key for your co worker 2 Listen for two beeps If you hear ringing instead of two beeps you cannot use Handsfree Transfer 3 Do one of the following a Press FLASH to send the call directly to your co worker s speakerphone b Press TRANSFER to get Intercom dial tone and select another co worker for the Transfer Using Transfer In these instructions Super Display Soft Key K...

Page 397: ...Unsupervised Conference DSX Software Manual Features 367 Features Unsupervised Conference Description Available See Tandem Calls Unsupervised Conference page 341 for more ...

Page 398: ... console Off Hook Signaling Setup including Camp On Off Hook Ringing for outside calls and Voice Over for Intercom calls See Off Hook Signaling page 255 for more Paging Incoming See Paging page 259 for more Prime Line Assignment See Prime Line Preference page 274 for more Programmable Idle Menu Soft Keys Super Display See Programmable Idle Menu Soft Keys Super Display page 282 for more Ringing Lin...

Page 399: ...ntering additional data Feature Key Ringing RAC 722 Call Coverage Keys RAC Call Coverage Key repeatedly to select ringing mode SPEAKER to exit Call Coverage Keys flash as follows Lamp only On red Immediate ring On green Delay ring Fast flash green 2 5 RAL 725 Outside Line Keys RAL Line Key repeatedly to select ringing mode SPEAKER to exit Line keys flash as follows Lamp only On red Immediate ring ...

Page 400: ...HOLD Dial outside line e g 1 Line group e g 90 98 or INTERCOM for Intercom feature HOLD Number to store HOLD twice Name HOLD Dial another System Speed Dial bin or SPEAKER to exit 4 and 5 System Program Access Enter programming password 3 5 Time and Date TD 83 TD Enter time in 24 hour clock using hours 2 digits minutes 2 digits and seconds 2 dig its HOLD Enter date using month 2 digits day 2 digits...

Page 401: ...evel 1 5 Access level 5 has the most capability see the tables above Access level 1 has the least capability By default extension 300 has its access level fixed at 5 All other extensions have Access Level 3 Other Related Features See the Feature heading in the above table Operation See the Operation heading in the above table 1 Assign an extension s access level ...

Page 402: ... Record key Once recorded the voice mail stores the conversation as a new message in the user s mail box After calling their mailbox a user can save edit or delete the recorded conversation The ability to use Conversation Record is controlled by an extension s Class of Service Conversation Record Key for a Co worker s Mailbox An extension user can have a Record key for a co worker s mailbox While ...

Page 403: ... Key Ring page 214 A line ringing an extension s line keys can overflow to voice mail Message Center Mailbox A Message Center Mailbox is a mailbox shared by more than one extension Any keyset that has a Message Center Key for the shared mailbox can Listen to the messages stored in the mailbox Transfer calls to the shared mailbox Use many other voice mail features previously available only at an ex...

Page 404: ...The call will not cycle to a another member of the UCD Group as it will for voice calls The system will never send a loop supervision disconnect signal i e drop pulse to voice mail ports Default Setting Voice mail is not installed 1603 01 Transfer Recall Timer page 675 1601 03 Call Forward No Answer Timer page 670 The line rings extension B for the Transfer Recall time See Transfer page 358 for mo...

Page 405: ...re Mail System Guide for the specifics 2 Normally you should leave the following at their default settings 1312 01 Voice Mail Extension Number page 624 500 507 4101 02 Voice Mail Master Number page 864 700 4111 01 Voice Mail Port Name page 865 VM PORT 4112 02 Operator s Extension page 868 300 1 For analog NVM Series such as NVM 2e Plug each voice mail port into a corresponding analog port in the D...

Page 406: ...312 01 Voice Mail Extension Number page 624 500 507 4101 02 Voice Mail Master Number page 864 700 4111 01 Voice Mail Port Name page 865 VM PORT 4112 02 Operator s Extension page 868 300 5 Follow the System Guide provided with your NVM Series to start and program your voice mail Secondary 1203 202 204 206 208 NVM Series Station Port Assignments Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 ...

Page 407: ...age 724 check the extension s Class of Service level 2 In 1402 05 Activate Night Mode page 634 enterYes This capability is normally reserved only for attendants Voice Mail Overflow 1 If yes for day mode answering In 3112 02 Enable Day Overflow page 819 enterYes In 3112 03 Day Overflow Destination page 820 enter the day overflow destination It can be An extension A Ring Group Another UCD Group mast...

Page 408: ...y Data page 758 enter the number of the extension whose mailbox should record the conversation i e your own or a co worker s 2 To set up Record key on a DSS Console In 2402 01 60 DSS Console Key Codes page 801 enter 17 In 2402 01 60 DSS Console Key Data page 801 enter the number of the extension whose mailbox should record the conversation i e your own or a co worker s Message Center 1 To set up a...

Page 409: ... set up extension overflow to voice mail In 2115 01 Hunt Type page 746 enter Hunt Type 3 In 2115 01 Hunt Destination page 746 designate the voice mail master number as the Hunt Destination Unanswered calls in addition to calls to the extension while it is busy or in DND route to the extension s mailbox For Terminal and Circular Hunting unsupervised transfers UTRF from the voice mail Automated Atte...

Page 410: ...rompt you to leave a message Activating or Canceling Call Forwarding to your Mailbox In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To activate or cancel Call Forwarding to your mailbox 1 Select the Call Forwarding options Menu Call Forward Menu Cfwd Alternately do one of the following Press INTERCOM and dial 3 Press your Call Forwarding Feature Key 2 Select or cancel a Call Forwardi...

Page 411: ... after the Transfer goes through 4 Press SPEAKER to hang up Method B Transfer without first ringing 1 Press TRANSFER 2 Press V MAIL 3 Dial the number of the mailbox to receive the Transfer You can optionally press the DSS key for your co worker Voice mail will prompt your caller to leave a message The caller will hear the entire mailbox greeting after the Transfer goes through 4 Press SPEAKER to h...

Page 412: ...ere XXX is the number of the mailbox into which the conversation is recording To turn Conversation Record off 1 Do one of the following The portion of the call already recorded is sent to your mailbox as a new message a Press V MAIL b Press a Record Feature Key on your extension or DSS Console Using the Message Center In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To call the Message...

Page 413: ... for more None MORE MORE NONE Select to cancel Call Forwarding Alternately dial 0 3 Select the Call Forwarding mode All All Select forwarding all calls Alternately dial 2 Line Only Line Select forwarding outside calls only Alternately dial 8 When Personal Answering Machine Emulation broadcasts your caller s voice 1 Do one of the following a Do nothing to have the caller s message automatically rec...

Page 414: ...atures DSX Software Manual Setting up a Message Center Key Feature Mnemonic Operation Access Level Voice Mail KP 57 KP Press key you want to program HOLD Dial 24 Enter mailbox number HOLD CONF SPEAKER twice to exit 3 5 ...

Page 415: ...ve a Voice Over Voice Over uses a system Conference circuit The following table shows the system s Conference capacities The system s 32 Conference circuits are dynamically allocated as users request them Conditions None Default Setting Disabled Programming 1 If yes in 2116 01 Off Hook Signaling for Incoming Intercom Calls page 749 enter 2 2 If no in 2116 01 Off Hook Signaling for Incoming Interco...

Page 416: ... worker in the headset mode Hotline page 207 An extension can Voice Over after calling a co worker by pressing their Hotline key Intercom page 211 An extension user can Voice Over to a co worker busy on an Intercom call Message Waiting page 238 An extension user cannot leave a Message Waiting after using Voice Over Hotline page 207 When a user is busy on a call Off Hook Signaling indicates that an...

Page 417: ...on t hear busy ring you cannot Voice Over 2 Do one of the following a Vovr Voice Over Press to select Voice Over then speak with your co worker b Dial 9 then speak with your co worker To respond to a Voice Over alert one to your extension 1 Listen for two beeps while on a call 2 Press and hold MUTE 3 Release MUTE to talk to your initial caller You can repeat this procedure as long as Voice Over in...

Page 418: ...cements while their telephone is idle Presets for the remaining volume con trols are not required since the user can easily adjust those volumes while idle For example to adjust the volume of Background Music just press HOLD to active BGM and then adjust the volume Display Brightness and Contrast Control While a keyset is idle pressing Volume Up or Volume Down adjusts the contrast of the display T...

Page 419: ...ow long 1 99 seconds an extension must be idle before it reverts to its idle backlight brightness setting 5 In 2104 03 Key Pad Illumination page 729 enable 1 or disable 0 the key pad illumination If enabled the key pad will illuminate when the backlit display is active Other Related Features Features Alphanumeric Display page 21 While a feature is active pressing a VOLUME key adjusts the volume of...

Page 420: ...If you see BGM instead your telephone is in the Background Music mode Press HOLD and try again To set up the volume control presets 1 Menu Volume Menu MORE Vol Select the volume control preset mode 2 Do one of the following a Ring Ring Select to preset the ringing volume When you see Ring press Volume Up and Volume Down to adjust the incoming ring volume 1 9 b Off Hook Ring Ofhk Select to preset t...

Page 421: ...tness preset When you see Active press Volume Up and Volume Down to set the active brightness preset 0 8 c Brightness Idle Brght Idle Select the idle brightness preset When you see Idle press Volume Up and Volume Down to set the idle brightness preset 0 8 d Dial Pad DlPad T select the dial pad illumination preset do one of the following On On Turn dial pad illumination on Off Off Turn dial pad ill...

Page 422: ...nts long distance calls These features are no longer available at extension 306 The extension 301 user goes to extension 306 and implements Walking Class of Service The extension 301 user can then use 306 to make long distance calls and Page even though 306 was locked to prevent those features Conditions None Default Setting Day and Night Walking Class of Service disabled in an extension s Class o...

Page 423: ...able Walking Class of Service at a co worker s extension 1 Press INTERCOM 2 Dial 0 You see WALKING COS ENTER EXTENSION 3 Enter your own extension number HOLD You see xxx WALKING COS ENTER PIN CODE 4 Enter your own PIN number HOLD You ll hear error tone if your extension does not have Walking Class of Service capability If your entry is not accepted you have either entered the wrong PIN number or y...

Page 424: ...mber HOLD 3 When you see ENTER NEW PIN Enter your new PIN number HOLD When entering your PIN number CLEAR erases your entire entry REDIAL backspaces over erases the last digit entered 4 When you see REENTER NEW PIN Confirm your entry by reentering your new PIN number 5 When you see NEW PIN ACCEPTED Exit Exit Select to exit PIN number programming Entering or ChangingYour PIN Number In these instruc...

Page 425: ...tivate and or customize the IntraMail feature If you need more detail about an option follow the cross reference to that option Other Related Features Other Related Features shows you at a glance how the feature interacts with other IntraMail features Operation Operation provides convenient operation charts for each IntraMail feature similar to the charts used in the Features chapter Start Up Defa...

Page 426: ...lt In Automated Attendant 2 Set up the Automated Attendant to answer outside calls during the day 3 Set up the Automated Attendant to answer outside calls at night 4 Check the Answer Table assignment 5 Review the default Automated Attendant setup DIL to Voice Mail Master 700 Lines Route to Answer Table 1 Answer Table 1 Schedule 1 or Default Mailbox Dial Action Table 1 3131 02 Answer Table 421x Ans...

Page 427: ...e the following programs at their default settings 1312 01 Voice Mail Extension Number page 624 500 507 4101 02 Voice Mail Master Number page 864 700 4111 01 Voice Mail Port Name page 865 VM PORT 4112 02 Operator s Extension page 868 300 6 Review this additional programming not for Built In Automated Attendant ...

Page 428: ... seconds for each Call Routing Mailbox Does not provide voice mail IntraMail Part Numbers and Capacities P N 1091011 IntraMail 4 Port 8 Hour P N 1091013 IntraMail 8 Port 16 Hour Mailboxes DSX 40 Routing Mailboxes 16 Announcement 8 Call Routing 8 Subscriber 34 Ring Group Mailboxes 8 UCD Group Mailboxes 8 Total 66 DSX 80 160 Routing Mailboxes 16 Announcement 8 Call Routing 8 Subscriber 128 Ring Grou...

Page 429: ...6 Dial 008 for Call Routing Mailbox 8 R 7 7 Record the night Instruction Menu message hang up See Instruction Menu page 507 for more Default Automated Attendant Answering All lines answered by the Automated Attendant route to Answer Table 1 Answer Table 1 uses Schedule 1 to answer calls from 8 30 AM 5 00 PM Monday through Friday with Call Rout ing Mailbox 1 The Default Mailbox for Answer Table 1 p...

Page 430: ...prevent callers from dialing extensions at night For the digit 0 change the Action entry to REC1 by dialing 3 and the Data entry to 300 This allows night time callers to dial 0 to leave a message for extension 300 Note that the and entries were left unchanged so that experienced users could still leave Quick Messages or do Remote Logons at night 2 See Dial Action Table page 465 for more Default Di...

Page 431: ...01 60 DSS Console Key Codes page 801 enter 18 In 2402 01 60 DSS Console Key Data page 801 press CLEAR 1 At an extension programmed in steps 3 and 4 above press the System night key Default Ringing and Overflow Setup Lines 1 12 ring on line keys 1 12 for extensions 300 315 All other extensions are lamp only for lines 1 12 Lines 13 64 do not appear on line keys Overflow is disabled for all lines No ...

Page 432: ...the connected telephone system can work like a home answering machine See Answering Machine Emulation page 425 for more Voice Mail Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb AutoAttendant Do Not Disturb sends AutomatedAttendant calls directly to an extension user s mailbox Their phone will not ring for calls from the Automated Attendant See Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb page 427 for more Also see Greeting in t...

Page 433: ...g options Dial Action Table and announce ments are available to Automated Attendant callers See Call Routing Mailbox page 450 for more Automated Attendant Call Screening Call Screening allows a display keyset extension user to listen to screen a voice mail message as it is being left in their mailbox Unlike Personal Answering Machine emu lation Call Screening does not require the extension user to...

Page 434: ...rs in the extension user s name See Directory Dialing page 469 for more Automated Attendant Erasing All Messages Lets the System Administrator delete mailbox messages system wide See Erasing All Messages page 476 for more Maintenance Exiting a Mailbox An extension user can exit their mailbox by dialing a code or by hanging up See Exiting a Mailbox page 477 for more Voice Mail Extension Hunting to ...

Page 435: ...an optionally convert Automated Attendant Screened Transfers to Unscreened Transfers See Forced Unscreened Transfer page 489 for more Automated Attendant Forwarding Calls to a Mailbox See Call Forward to a Mailbox in this glossary Voice Mail Getting Recorded Help If an extension user dials an incorrect code or forgets what to dial while in their mailbox they can request help from the IntraMail voi...

Page 436: ...any message handling options from which to choose See Listening to Messages page 512 for more Voice Mail Local Notification See Message Notification in this glossary Voice Mail Log Onto Voice Mail An extension user can press a key to log onto access their IntraMail mailbox With Remote Logon an employee calling through the Auto matedAttendant can dial a single digit followed by their own mailbox nu...

Page 437: ...nistrator can set the maximum length of a message that can be left in a user s voice mailbox See Message Length page 533 for more Voice Mail Message Listen Mode When a user calls their mailbox they can dial a code to listen to all their messages their new messages or their saved messages See Message Listen Mode page 534 for more Voice Mail Message Notification Once activated by the mailbox user di...

Page 438: ...ial Mode See Next Call Routing Mailbox page 552 for more Voice Mail One Touch Forwarding See Call Forward to a Mailbox and Message Forward in this glossary Voice Mail One Touch Mailbox Access See Mailbox Logon in this glossary Voice Mail One Touch Mailbox Retrieval See Mailbox Logon in this glossary Voice Mail Personal Answering Machine Emulation See Answering Machine Emulation in this glossary Vo...

Page 439: ...uting Mailbox A category of mailboxes normally used to route Auto mated Attendant calls See Routing Mailbox page 566 for more Automated Attendant Screened Transfer Similar to telephone system screened transfers in which the transferring party controls the transfer After an Automated Attendant caller dials an exten sion IntraMail calls screens the destination exten sion to see if the transfer can g...

Page 440: ... with Voice Mail page 580 for more Also see Auto Time Stamp in this glossary Voice Mail Time and Date Stamp With caller ID enabled an extension can listen to a mes sage and dial a code to hear the time the message was sent as well as the caller s number See Time and Date Stamp page 581 for more Also see Caller ID with Return Call and Time and Date with Voice Mail in this glossary Voice Mail Time a...

Page 441: ...d Attendant caller dials an exten sion IntraMail immediately transfers the call to the destination and hangs up Any recalls or additional routing are handled by the telephone system just as with any other unscreened transfer See Unscreened Transfer page 587 for more Also see Screened Transfer in this glossary Automated Attendant Voice Mail Overflow Ensures that IntraMail will pick up calls that do...

Page 442: ... back to the Automated Attendant for additional dialing options See the Hang Up and Next Call Routing Mailbox options in Programming below By default there are 8 Announcement Mailboxes Routing Mailboxes 9 16 However you can assign any of the 16 Routing Mailboxes as an Announcement Mailbox The Next Call Routing Mailbox Options The charts beginning on the following page show how an Announcement Mail...

Page 443: ...er the announcement IntraMail hangs up If the caller dials a digit during the announcement they route to the Next Call Routing Mailbox Undefined x x number of repeats Yes or No If caller doesn t dial they hear the announcement repeats x number of times and then IntraMail hangs up If the caller dials a digit during the announcement IntraMail says That is an invalid entry and aborts the announce men...

Page 444: ...announcement they route to the Next Call Routing Mailbox If the caller dials a digit during the announcement they route to the Next Call Routing Mailbox Yes If the caller doesn t dial after the announcement IntraMail hangs up If the caller dials a digit during the announcement they route to the Next Call Routing Mailbox Undefined x x number of repeats No If caller doesn t dial they hear the announ...

Page 445: ...ximum length of Instruction Menu Messages 1 16 valid Call Routing Mail box x x number of repeats No If caller doesn t dial they hear the announcement repeat x number of times and then route to the Next Call Routing Mailbox If the caller dials a digit during the announcement they route to the Next Call Routing Mailbox Yes If caller doesn t dial they hear the announcement repeat x number of times an...

Page 446: ... Announcement Mailbox message Operation Recording an Announcement Mailbox Message Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key Log onto System Administrator s mailbox SA 72 Access System Administrator options System Admin N A A 2 Select Announcement Mailbox message Announcement Annc Enter the Announcement Mailbox number L 5 Listen to current Announcement Mailbox message Listen Lstn Exit listen mode R 7 ...

Page 447: ...System Administrator records for a specific Announcement Mailbox See Announcement Mailbox page 412 for more Programming See Announcement Mailbox page 412 Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features See Announcement Mailbox page 412 Operation See Announcement Mailbox page 412 This is the message that the System Administrator records for an Announcement Mailbox ...

Page 448: ...er will hear the instruction menu and can dial any options allowed by the associated Dial Action Table If the Override Mailbox is a Subscriber Mailbox the outside caller hears the mailbox greeting if recorded and can leave a message Conditions None Default Setting Disabled Programming 1 In 4211 02 Answer Schedule Override page 880 enterYes You can also enable Answer Schedule Override from the Syst...

Page 449: ...1 8 Enter the number of the Answer Table you want to override You go to the Answer Schedule Override Menu O 6 Turn Answer Schedule Override on or off On On Off Off C 2 Select the Override Mailbox Mailbox MBOX Enter the Override Mailbox number The Override Mailbox can be an Announcement Call Routing or Subscriber Mailbox If you make an incorrect entry you back up to the previous step Go back to the...

Page 450: ...ng options By default Answer Table 1 has a single schedule that runs Monday through Friday from 8 30AM to 5 00PM This schedule and the Default Mailbox both use Call Routing Mailbox 1 Dial Action Table page 465 Once the Automated Attendant answers the Dial Action Table 16 maximum provides the dialing options to callers Each digit a caller can dial is assigned a specific action function in the Dial ...

Page 451: ... Answer Table page 880 assign Call Routing Mailbox 2 to Answer Table 1 Schedule 1 You will use this for daytime answering 2 From a System Administrator s Mailbox record an evening weekend Instruction Menu message for Call Routing mailbox 1 This message will play to callers Monday through Friday from 5 00 PM to 8 30 AM and on weekends 3 From a System Administrator s Mailbox record a daytime Instruc...

Page 452: ...he lines terminated to Key Ring during the day To set up a System night key on an extension In 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Codes page 758 enter 18 In 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Data page 758 press CLEAR To set up a System night key on a DSS Console In 2402 01 60 DSS Console Key Codes page 801 enter 18 In 2402 01 60 DSS Console Key Data page 801 press CLEAR 1 In 4211 01 Default Mailbox page 880 assign...

Page 453: ...more Setting up a Type 2 Range of Days Schedule 1 In 4212 01 10 Schedule Type page 882 enter 2 2 In 4212 01 10 Routing Mailbox Number page 883 select the Routing Mailbox 1 16 that will answer calls when this Schedule Entry is active You can optionally assign a Subscriber Mailbox for this option This will route outside callers directly to a subscriber s mailbox so they can leave a message 1 In 4212...

Page 454: ...hour clock the Schedule Entry should start 3 In 4212 01 10 Schedule End Time page 886 enter the time HH MM 24 hour clock the Schedule Entry should stop See Type 3 Date Schedule Example page 889 for more Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Automated Attendant page 433 The Answer Table determines how the Automated Attendant answers calls Call Routing Mailbox page 450 The Call Rou...

Page 455: ... Features Subscriber Mailbox page 574 Subscriber Mailbox users can take advantage of Answering Machine Emulation Operation A keyset on the connected telephone system can work like a home answering machine Using Personal Answering Machine Emulation In these instructions Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To activate or cancel Personal Answering Machine Emulation 1 Select the Call Forwarding opt...

Page 456: ... Press SPEAKER or lift the handset to intercept the call If your extension is in the headset mode you can only press SPEAKER c With Call Screening disabled Press V MAIL to stop the broadcast and send the call directly to your mailbox d With Call Screening enabled Press V MAIL to switch to the Call Screening mode See Call Screening page 453 for more Using Personal Answering Machine Emulation In the...

Page 457: ... example with Automated Attendant Do Not Disturb enabled Direct Inwards Lines and transferred outside calls to an extension work normally Conditions None Default Setting Disabled Programming 1 See Operation below 1 In 2144 01 Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb page 772 enterYes Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Call Forward to a Mailbox page 447 If a subscriber has their calls for...

Page 458: ...Attendant DND ON Auto Attendant DND ON Provides soft keys for each of the 3 greetings Greeting 1 Gr1 Greeting 2 Gr2 Greeting 3 Gr3 Select a Greeting which also makes it active 1 Greeting 1 Gr1 2 Greeting 2 Gr2 3 Greeting 3 Gr3 L 5 Listen to the active greeting if recorded Listen Lstn R 7 Record a new greeting if not recorded or rerecord the current greeting Record Rec Record at the tone then press...

Page 459: ...new message For example if you have three new messages listen to part of message 1 dial L to hear part of message 2 and then hang up IntraMail automatically Saves message 1 Retains messages 2 and 3 as new messages Restarts the flashing ring message lamp Resets the telephone display to V MAIL 02 VM02 When listening to multiple new messages when Auto Erase or Save is set to Erase Any message to whic...

Page 460: ...Auto Erase or Save 430 IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features N A Operation N A ...

Page 461: ...mes sage With Auto Time Stamp turned off the subscriber must dialTI while listening to a message to get the same information Conditions None Default Setting Disabled Programming 1 See Operation below 1 If yes in 2143 03 Auto Time Stamp page 769 enterYes 2 If no in 2143 03 Auto Time Stamp page 769 enter No Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Mailbox Options Menu page 520 Auto Ti...

Page 462: ...oft Key Log onto Subscriber Mailbox OP 67 Access the Mailbox Options Menu MBOX Options N A AT 28 Access Auto Time Stamp Time Stamp Time IntraMail plays a summary of your Auto Time Stamp setting By default Auto Time Stamp is turned off O 6 Turn Auto Time Stamp on or off Go back to the Mailbox Options Menu Exit Exit 0 Plays Help message ...

Page 463: ...ault Answer Table 1 has a single schedule that runs Monday through Friday from 8 30AM to 5 00PM This schedule and the Default Mailbox both use Call Routing Mailbox 1 Dial Action Table page 465 Once the Automated Attendant answers the Dial Action Table 16 maximum provides the dialing options to callers Each digit a caller can dial is assigned a specific action function in the Dial Action Table The ...

Page 464: ...ature Key Codes page 758 enter 18 In 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Data page 758 enter 700 To set up a UCD night key on a DSS Console In 2402 01 60 DSS Console Key Codes page 801 enter 18 In 2402 01 60 DSS Console Key Data page 801 enter 700 3 3112 04 Direct Termination at Night page 820 enter 700 4 Set up a System night key on your extension or DSS Console to control the day night mode of the lines t...

Page 465: ... Table and Instruction Menu that announcements are available to Automated Attendant callers Dial Action Table page 465 Defines the dialing options for the Call Routing Mailbox chosen by the active Answer Table Fax Detection page 485 The Automated Attendant can route outside calls to the company fax machine Multiple Company Greetings page 550 One IntraMail system can provide individual greetings an...

Page 466: ...t the Answer Table uses its Default Mailbox to determine routing By default all lines use Answer Table 1 Answer Table 1 has a single schedule that runs Monday through Friday from 8 30AM to 5 00PM All eight Answer Tables are available to the Built In Automated Attendant Call Routing Mailbox page 450 A Call Routing Mailbox 16 maximum is a mailbox associated with an individual Answer Table schedule o...

Page 467: ... Answer Table 1 Schedule 1 or Default Mailbox Dial Action Table 1 3131 02 Answer Table 421x Answer Table Calls always route to Call Routing Mailbox 001 Schedule 1 active M F 8 30AM 5 00PM Default Mailbox active all other times 423x Dial Action Tables Dial Action Table 1 Dialing Options Dial an extension number or 0 for the operator Automated Attendant Answering Default All Lines Use Answer Table 1...

Page 468: ... enter 18 In 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Data page 758 enter 700 To set up a UCD night key on a DSS Console In 2402 01 60 DSS Console Key Codes page 801 enter 18 In 2402 01 60 DSS Console Key Data page 801 enter 700 3 3112 04 Direct Termination at Night page 820 enter 700 4 Set up a System night key on your extension or DSS Console to control the day night mode of the lines terminated to Key Ring du...

Page 469: ...s on each line Call Routing Mailbox page 450 The mailbox associated with an Answer Table that specifies the dialing options Dial Action Table and Instruction Menu that announcements are available to Automated Attendant callers Dial Action Table page 465 Defines the dialing options for the Call Routing Mailbox chosen by the active Answer Table Fax Detection page 485 The Automated Attendant can rout...

Page 470: ...g Message Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key AG 24 Access the Attendant Greeting options Your extension must have access level 5 Enter the Call Routing Mailbox number 001 008 L 5 Listen to the current Instruction Menu if any Listen Lstn X 9 Exit R 7 Record a new Instruction Menu Record Rec Record message Pause or restart recording Resume Resume Pause Pause E 3 Erase recording Cancel Cancel Exi...

Page 471: ...ions Extensions cannot call or be transferred to the IntraMail Automated Attendant Default Setting Enabled Programming No additional programming required Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Automated Attendant page 433 The Automated Attendant can automatically answer the telephone system s incoming calls play an Instruction Menu message and provide dialing options to callers Op...

Page 472: ...Callers rotary callers would not be able to use the Automated Attendant Conditions None Default Setting Callers that don t dial go to extension 300 Programming 1 In 4231 Digit Assignment page 901 assign the TIMEOUT function routing Since rotary dial callers can t dial DTMF digits the TIMEOUT function provides routing Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Guest Mailbox page 503 Co...

Page 473: ...ays hear the language programmed for that mailbox If a co worker leaves a message in the Group Mailbox they hear the system s Primary Language There are up to six languages stored in the IntraMail CompactFlash card any two of which you can make active By default English mnemonic and English numeric are active and the other four languages if any are inactive You activate an inactive language throug...

Page 474: ... From the six choices you can activate one primary and one Secondary Language The options are 1 for US English Mnemonic 2 for US English Mnemonic 3 6 Not used 1 Review how the system handles language priority 2 Activate the system s Primary and Secondary Languages Routing Mailbox Line System Primary Language Priority 1 Priority 2 Priority 3 If an outside call is answered by a Routing Mailbox e g w...

Page 475: ...ber of the Call Routing Mailbox that initially answered the call Record an Instruction Menu that tells the caller which digit to dial to return to the initial language 1 In 3131 03 Line Voice Prompt Language page 829 select the prompt language for calls on the line that are routed to voice mail The options are 1 for Primary Language 2 for Secondary Language 1 In 2142 04 Station Mailbox Voice Promp...

Page 476: ...ng Mailbox that answered the call Message Notification page 535 Message Notification uses the notifying mailbox s language not the language of the line used to place the callout Quick Message page 560 If leaving a Quick Message through the Automated Attendant the caller uses the language of the Routing Mailbox that answered the call not the language of the mailbox in which they are leaving the Qui...

Page 477: ...ility for example 1 Program the Next Call Routing Mailbox digit as LOGON to IXXX 2 While listening to their greeting the subscriber can dial to route to their Next Call Routing Mailbox then and their mailbox number to log onto their mailbox By default this option is provided in Call Routing Mailbox 1 Additionally the subscriber should enable a Security Code for their mailbox to prevent unauthorize...

Page 478: ... see Call Forwarding page 44 Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb page 427 When enabled Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb automatically sends all calls from the Automated Attendant to the subscriber s mailbox Extension Hunting to Voice Mail page 478 Extension Hunting to Voice Mail automatically sends calls to an extension s mailbox without the user havi...

Page 479: ... Immediate Immed Select Call Forwarding Immediate Alternately dial 4 Ring No Ans RNA Select Call Forwarding when Not Answered 1 Alternately dial 6 Busy No Ans BNA Select Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered 1 Alternately dial 2 None More More None Select to cancel Call Forwarding Alternately dial 0 3 Select the Call Forwarding destination An extension number 0 for the operator A UCD Group mas...

Page 480: ...ing options Dial Action Table are available to callers It also provides the Instruction Menu to callers which typically greets the callers and describes the dialing options By default Answer Table 1 has a single schedule that runs Monday through Friday from 8 30AM to 5 00PM This schedule and the Default Mailbox both use Call Routing Mailbox 1 Dial Action Table page 465 Once the Automated Attendant...

Page 481: ...es and then IntraMail hangs up 1 In 4201 01 Outgoing Message Length page 871 adjust the Outgoing Message Length 1 4095 sec onds as required By default this interval is 120 seconds Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Answer Tables page 420 The Call Routing Mailbox associates specific dialing options Dial Action Table with an Answer Table Automated Attendant page 433 The Automate...

Page 482: ...tem Administrator options System Admin N A I 4 Select Instruction Menus Instruction Instr Enter the Call Routing Mailbox number 001 016 L 5 Listen to the current Instruction Menu if any Listen Lstn Exit listen mode R 7 Record a new Instruction Menu Record Rec Record message Pause or restart recording Resume Resume Pause Pause E 3 Erase recording Cancel Cancel Exit recording mode Done Done E 3 Eras...

Page 483: ...have their call screened by the extension user Call Screening and Group Mailboxes If extensions share a Group Mailbox any number of extensions in the group can screen an incoming message The group extensions can monitor the incoming message simultaneously If any group member answers the call i e intercepts the incoming message the remaining group members are immediately disconnected Automatic Call...

Page 484: ...d in your mailbox i e activate the Call Screening mode 1 Screen Scrn To intercept the call and stop recording the message 1 Answer Answ This intercepts the call Alternately press SPEAKER lift the handset or press V MAIL To continue listening to your caller s message as it is being recorded 1 Do nothing To exit Call Screening and allow the message to continue recording in private 1 Exit Exit The me...

Page 485: ...tic Call Screening on The top line of the display shows the Automatic Call Screening status Off Off Turn Automatic Call Screening off The top line of the display shows the Automatic Call Screening status Exit Exit Exit To intercept the call and stop recording the message 1 Answer Answ This intercepts the call Alternately press SPK V MAIL or lift the handset To continue listening to your caller s m...

Page 486: ... 3 For ANI Caller ID in 3121 02 ANI DNIS Format page 825 and 3121 04 Number of ANI Digits page 826 set for compatibility with the connected service 2 In 1611 06 Caller ID Detection Timer page 684 set for compatibility with the connected service 3 In 3131 01 Pass Caller ID to Voice Mail page 828 enterYes 1 In 3711 01 Caller ID Callback Route Type page 856 select the type of route used for Caller ID...

Page 487: ...extension user can listen to a voice message and dial a code to return the call without knowing the caller s phone number Make call to an outside telephone number requires Caller ID Screened Transfer page 567 Screened Transfers from the Automated Attendant provide Caller ID data only after the user answers the call Unscreened Transfer page 587 Unscreened Transfers from the Automated Attendant prov...

Page 488: ...Caller ID with Return Call 458 IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Caller ID with Return Call Description Available See Make Call page 525 for more ...

Page 489: ... to the Automated Attendant so the outside caller can use the Automated Attendant dialing options Next Call Routing Mailbox page 552 The Next Call Routing Mailbox provides callers with additional dialing options after they leave a mes sage in a mailbox depending on the setting of the Dialing Option Conditions None Default Setting Enabled Programming Turn to Automated Attendant Transfer page 441 an...

Page 490: ...nter 2 to assign an available digit as a UTRF action The corresponding Routing option should be followed by the System Speed Dial bin followed by a pause The pause gives the system time to dial the stored number To enter a pause for the Routing option press Feature Key 4 For example to have Centrex Transfer dial System Speed Dial bin 201 enter 201P 1 In 1702 Assignment System Speed Dial Assignment...

Page 491: ...nnected Cen trex service 1 In 3103 04 Tandem Calls page 816 enterYes Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Dial Action Table page 465 Centrex Transfer uses the active Dial Action Table to route transfer an Automated Attendant caller back to the telco using the same Centrex line External Transfer page 483 External Transfer allows an Automated Attendant caller to automatically rout...

Page 492: ...s Class of Service level 2 If yes in 1401 06 Conversation Record page 629 enterYes 3 If no in 1401 06 Conversation Record page 629 enter No You can the Record Rec soft key in lieu of a Record Feature Key 1 To set up a Record key on an extension In 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Codes page 758 enter 17 In 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Data page 758 enter the number of the extension whose conver sation you w...

Page 493: ...riber extensions Operation 3 Enable the Conversation Record Beep and Warning 4 Set the maximum length of recorded conversations Conversation Record Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To record your active call in your mailbox Only one party on a call can use Conversation Record at any one time This includes Intercom calls and Conference calls 1 Do one of the following a Record More Rec Select ...

Page 494: ...are Manual User Programmable Feature Setting up a Conversation Record Key Feature Mnemonic Operation Access Level Voice Mail KP 57 KP Press key you want to program HOLD Dial 17 Enter mailbox number or 0 for your own mailbox HOLD SPEAKER twice to exit 3 5 ...

Page 495: ... Once the Automated Attendant answers the Dial Action Table 16 maximum provides the dialing options to callers Each digit a caller can dial is assigned a specific action function in the Dial Action Table The dial action used depends on the setting in the active Call Routing Mailbox which in turn depends on the Answer Table setup By default Call Routing Mailbox 1 uses Dial Action Table 1 Defines th...

Page 496: ...on and then hangs up Unscreened Transfer page 587 Page 906 REC1 Quick Message with Greeting 3 Allows an Automated Attendant caller to leave a Quick Message at an extension The caller will hear the extension s personal greeting Quick Message page 560 Page 907 REC2 Quick Message without Greeting 4 Allows an Automated Attendant caller to leave a Quick Message at an extension The caller will not hear ...

Page 497: ...ion Table Default Settings Key Dial Action Table 1 Dial Action Tables 2 16 0 UTRF to 300 Unscreened Transfer to 300 UND Undefined 1 UND Undefined UND Undefined 2 UND Undefined UND Undefined 3 UTRF to XXX Unscreened Transfer to user dialed extension UND Undefined 4 UTRF to XXX Unscreened Transfer to user dialed extension UND Undefined 5 UND Undefined UND Undefined 6 UND Undefined UND Undefined 7 UN...

Page 498: ...med the Instruction Menu repeats 3 times and then IntraMail hangs up Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Automated Attendant page 433 The Automated Attendant can automatically answer the telephone system s incoming calls play an Instruction Menu message and provide dialing options to callers Answer Tables page 420 Determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on ...

Page 499: ... matches Additionally the caller can dial 4 to hear additional matches if any 6 The caller dials the digit for the extension they wish to reach and IntraMail sends the call to that exten sion The call is sent as a Screened or Unscreened transfer depending on programming For callers to use Directory Dialing the system must have a name programmed for each extension up to 18 characters A Z using uppe...

Page 500: ...e Directory Dialing Enter 1 for first 2 for last 1 In 4224 05 Minimum Number of Letters Required page 897 specify how many letters 1 3 of an employee s name the caller must dial to use Directory Dialing If the caller dials less than the specified minimum number of letters IntraMail cannot route the call 1 For Unscreened Transfer In 4224 06 Transfer Options page 898 enter 2 2 For Screened Transfer ...

Page 501: ...ialing 0 follows the 0 action of the Next Call Routing Mailbox 1 Make sure the active Answer Table uses the Call Routing Mailbox programmed as a Directory Dialing Mailbox See Answer Tables page 420 for more 1 Make sure you have an action in the active Dial Action Table that is a GOTO to the Directory Dialing Mailbox See Dial Action Table page 465 for more Other Related Features Features None Intra...

Page 502: ...stem Administrator options Exit Exit Go back to the System Administrator options Exit Exit 0 Plays Help message Using Directory Dialing To use Directory Dialing 1 After the Automated Attendant answers wait for the Directory Dialing Message The Automated Attendant may ask you to dial a digit for Directory Dialing 2 Dial the letters that correspond to the name of the person you wish to reach The Dir...

Page 503: ... Message to make a new name entry up to twice and then hangs up 2 9 N A Interprets the digit as a letter and waits 6 seconds for additional input i e more letters or a to conclude name entry If no additional dig its are dialed repeats the Directory Dialing Message to make a new name entry up to twice and then hangs up 0 UND Not assigned Repeats the Directory Dialing Message to make a new name entr...

Page 504: ...ive extension from the list of up to three announced matches 4 N A If more than three matches for the entered name are found provides access to the next set of three matches 5 9 N A Plays That is an invalid entry and repeats the list of announced matches each time the caller dials the digit 0 UND Not assigned Plays That is an invalid entry and repeats the list of announced matches each time the ca...

Page 505: ...d Routing Mailbox as a Direc tory Dialing Mailbox Turn to Directory Dialing page 469 for more on how to program Directory Dialing Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Directory Dialing page 469 Directory Dialing allows an Automated Attendant caller to reach an extension by dialing the first few letters in the extension user s name System Administrator page 576 Only the System Ad...

Page 506: ...gramming N A Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Message Delete page 530 A Subscriber Mailbox user can delete any messages left in their mailbox System Administrator page 576 Only the System Administrator can delete messages in a co worker s mailbox Operation Lets the System Administrator delete mailbox messages system wide Erasing All Messages in a Subscriber Mailbox Super Dis...

Page 507: ...l processing Conditions None Default Setting Enabled Programming N A Other Related Features N A Operation Exit your mailbox by dialing a code or by hanging up Exiting a Mailbox Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To exit your mailbox Log onto Subscriber Mailbox XX 99 Exit your mailbox Exit Exit Exit Exit To exit and immediately return to your mailbox Log onto Subscriber Mailbox X 9 Exit and ret...

Page 508: ...y Line Type 2 Type 2 hunting also reroutes outside calls to the extension user s mailbox When the extension is idle Type 2 hunting reroutes calls after an interval Type 2 hunting reroutes outside calls immediately while the extension is busy or in Do Not Disturb Like Type 1 hunting Type 2 hunting does not reroute ringing or voice announced Intercom calls See the Routing Charts below for more Ring ...

Page 509: ...ed Attendant immediately prompts caller to leave a message Direct Inward Line Rings for 1601 02 DIL No Answer Timer page 669 inter val then routes to mailbox Follows night route for the line 1 See Screened Transfer page 567 for more Ring No Answer Busy Line Type 2 Hunting to Voice Mail Routing Chart Call Type Extension Idle Extension Busy Extension in DND Intercom Does not hunt use Call Forwarding...

Page 510: ...ve a message Direct Inward Line Rings for 1601 02 DIL No Answer Timer page 669 interval then routes to mailbox Call goes immediately to mailbox Follows night route for the line 1 See Screened Transfer page 567 for more Busy Line Type 4 Hunting to Voice Mail Routing Chart Call Type Extension Idle Extension Busy Extension in DND Intercom Does not hunt use Call Forwarding instead Transferred Outside ...

Page 511: ...ion before routing to the extension s mailbox 2 In 1601 02 DIL No Answer Timer page 669 set how long a DIL waits at an extension before routing to the extension s mailbox Does not apply to hunt type 4 3 In 1601 03 Call Forward No Answer Timer page 670 set how long a transferred outside call or UTRF from the Automated Attendant waits at a busy or DND extension before routing to the extension s mail...

Page 512: ...ls to their mailbox calls don t go unanswered when they are unavailable Voice Mail Overflow page 590 The telephone system can automatically reroute unanswered outside calls to the IntraMail Automated Attendant Operation Extension Hunting to Voice Mail To force Extension Hunting to Voice Mail to redirect all your calls to your mailbox 1 Press DND Type 1 hunting will not redirect Intercom calls ...

Page 513: ...Action Table 1 16 to each active Call Routing Mailbox 2 In 4231 Digit Assignment page 901 assign a UTRF 2 action to an available digit The corresponding Routing option should be followed by the System Speed Dial bin followed by a pause The pause gives the system time to dial the stored number Press Feature Key 1 to enter a Pause For example to have External Transfer dial System Speed Dial bin 201 ...

Page 514: ...60 Centrex Transfer allows the Automated Attendant to transfer a caller over a Centrex line using the fea tures of that Centrex line Dial Action Table page 465 External Transfer uses the active Dial Action Table to route an Automated Attendant caller to an out side telephone number Operation Operation is automatic once set up in programming ...

Page 515: ...efault Setting Disabled Programming 1 In 4222 04 Fax Detection page 892 enterYes 2 In 4222 05 Fax Extension page 892 specify the extension that should receive faxes from the Call Routing Mailbox Normally this is the extension number of the analog port to which the fax machine is connected e g 320 1 In 4224 08 Fax Detection page 899 enterYes 2 In 4224 09 Fax Transfer Extension page 900 specify the ...

Page 516: ...ter the number of the Answer Table that should handle the line s Automated Attendant calls See Answer Tables page 420 for more Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Answer Tables page 420 Determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each line Automated Attendant page 433 The Automated Attendant can automatically answer the telephone system s incoming calls play...

Page 517: ... Defines the dialing options for the Call Routing Mailbox chosen by the active Answer Table which in turn provides those dialing options to Automated Attendant callers Conditions None Default Setting Options are available by default Programming Refer to Automated Attendant page 433 for more on how to set up your Flexible Answering Schedules Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Answer Tab...

Page 518: ...umbering Plan Example 1 In 1301 01 10 Function Type page 620 be sure the digit 8 is type 2 extension access 2 In 1301 01 10 Expected Number of Digits page 620 be sure the expected digits option for the digit 8 is 3 3 In 1311 01 Station Extension Number page 623 change the extension number for station 2 to 800 1 In 4231 Digit Assignment page 901 For key 8 enter UTRF or TRF for the Action and XXX fo...

Page 519: ...ansfer the caller cannot dial 2 to reach the Next Call Routing Mailbox options if programmed Conditions None Default Setting Disabled Programming 1 In 2144 02 Forced Unscreened Transfer page 772 enterYes Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Dial Action Table page 465 If enabled in the Subscriber Mailbox IntraMail automatically converts any Screened Transfers STRFs to the subscri...

Page 520: ...uide To get recorded help the user dials 0 Conditions None Default Setting Enabled Programming No additional programming required Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Voice Prompting Messages page 593 Voice Prompts provide real time instructions on how to use the IntraMail features Operation Request help from the IntraMail voice prompts Getting Recorded Help Log onto your mailbo...

Page 521: ...ions Dial ing 2 GOTO 1 routes to Call Routing Mailbox 2 which is set up to give the caller single digit dialing to Tech Service technicians The Announcement Message for Announcement Mailbox 9 tells the caller how to locate the company The Instruction Menu for Call Routing Mailbox 1 instructs the caller which digits to dial for each techni cian The Dial Action Table for Call Routing Mailbox 2 conta...

Page 522: ... to go to for key 1 enter GOTO for the Action and IXXX for the corresponding Routing Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Automated Attendant page 433 The Automated Attendant can automatically answer the telephone system s incoming calls play an Instruction Menu message and provide dialing options to callers Dial Action Table page 465 The GOTO action is a Dial Action Table optio...

Page 523: ...xample to record separate greetings for work hours after work and during vacation Instead of rerecording their greeting when they leave the office they can just activate the after work greeting instead Remote Greetings A Subscriber Mailbox user can call into the Automated Attendant access their mailbox and remotely record their mailbox greeting Following are two of the ways a user can do this Afte...

Page 524: ...ers dial 3 they hear Please enter your mailbox number 1 In 4231 Digit Assignment page 901 enter XXX in the corresponding Routing option The key you choose must represent the first digit in the Subscriber Mailbox numbers For example to allow callers to log onto mailboxes 300 399 for key 3 enter LOGON for the Action and XXX for the corresponding Routing 1 In 4231 Digit Assignment page 901 enter IXXX...

Page 525: ...ive Dial Action Table must have a LOGON action assigned to a key to enable Remote Greeting Log Onto Voice Mail page 515 A Subscriber Mailbox user can record their greeting after remotely logging onto IntraMail Security Code page 570 To prevent unauthorized tampering the subscriber should enable a Security Code for their mailbox System Administrator page 576 With Multiple Greetings the System Admin...

Page 526: ...eys for each of the 3 greetings Greeting 1 Gr1 Greeting 2 Gr2 Greeting 3 Gr3 Select a Greeting which also makes it active 1 Greeting 1 Gr1 2 Greeting 2 Gr2 3 Greeting 3 Gr3 L 5 Listen to the active greeting if recorded Listen Lstn R 7 Record a new greeting if not recorded or rerecord the current greeting Record Rec Record at the tone then press when done Pause or restart recording Resume Resume Pa...

Page 527: ...s there are a total of 8 Ring Group Mailboxes available The Ring Group Mailbox can optionally be a Routing Mailbox see Understanding Mailbox Types below Mailbox for a Ring Group A Ring Group Mailbox can also be the mailbox for a stand alone Ring Group in which the members do not share the mailbox but have personal mailboxes instead The following types of unanswered calls route to this type of Ring...

Page 528: ...ering the number they hear That mailbox does not exist An Automated Attendant caller attempting to leave a Quick Message or do a Remote Logon at an exten sion assigned to the Group mailbox hears That mailbox does not exist They then return to the Auto mated Attendant If the Group Mailbox redirects to a Directory Dialing Mailbox 2 A co worker attempting to leave a message at an extension assigned t...

Page 529: ...age 781 enter the Routing Mailbox that IntraMail will use for the Ring Group Mailbox In 422x Routing Mailbox page 890 set up the type and options for the selected Routing Mailbox 1 For Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb In 2214 01 Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb page 787 enable Yes or disable No Auto Atten dant Do Not Disturb for the Group Mailbox Review Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb page 427 for more 2 ...

Page 530: ...n In 2213 01 Message Playback Order page 784 set the Group Mailbox message playback order 1 for LIFO 2 for FIFO Review Message Playback Direction page 543 for more 8 For Message Retention In 2212 02 Message Retention page 782 set how long the Group Mailbox will retain saved mes sages Review Message Retention page 547 for more 9 For Message Storage Limit In 2212 01 Number of Messages page 782 set t...

Page 531: ... Stamp page 431 for more 4 For Conversation Record In 2313 05 Recording Conversation Beep page 797 enable Yes or disable No the Conversa tion Record beep for the Group Mailbox Review Conversation Record page 462 for more 5 For Directory Dialing In 2314 05 Directory List Number page 799 specify the Directory List 1 8 0 for no lists 9 for all lists to which the Group Mailbox belongs Review Directory...

Page 532: ...a System Administrator Review System Administrator page 576 for more Other Related Features Features Extension Hunting page 154 If a UCD Group is set up to overflow to voice mail unanswered callers into the group route to the UCD Group Mailbox Group Ring page 189 Ring Group Mailbox uses the mailbox assigned to the Ring Group to which the extension belongs IntraMail Features Greeting page 493 Any e...

Page 533: ... overview of the features available at a Guest Mailbox review the Related Features below Then go to the individual feature to find out how it operates and any programming required to make it work Conditions None Default Setting No Guest Mailboxes assigned Programming 1 In 2141 01 Station Mailbox Type page 766 for an extension without an associated telephone enter 1 2 Turn to Subscriber Mailbox pag...

Page 534: ...s in the Guest Mailbox Message Playback Direction page 543 Set the Guest Mailbox message playback order Message Record page 544 Review this feature to learn which features are available to the Guest Mailbox while recording and sending a message Message Storage Limit page 548 Set the maximum number of messages that can be left in the mailbox Next Call Routing Mailbox page 552 The Next Call Routing ...

Page 535: ...e Guest Mailbox number Logging Onto a Guest Mailbox from the Automated Attendant 1 After the Automated Attendant answers dial Dial the Guest Mailbox number This capability may be disabled in the Automated Attendant Your automated attendant may have a LOGON action assigned to the Guest Mailbox Check with your Communications Manager Transferring your call to a Guest Mailbox 1 Press INTERCOM 2 Press ...

Page 536: ... set for Hang Up Programming 1 In 4231 Digit Assignment page 901 assign a Hang Up action to an available key When the outside caller dials the key programmed with the Hang Up action the Automated Atten dant immediately hangs up Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Automated Attendant page 433 The Automated Attendant can automatically answer the telephone system s incoming calls ...

Page 537: ...itions None Default Setting No custom Instruction Menus recorded Programming N A Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Answer Tables page 420 Determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each line Automated Attendant page 433 The Answer Table determines how the Automated Attendant answers calls and assigns the Call Rout ing Mailbox to the call Call Routing Mail...

Page 538: ...Menus Instruction Instr Enter the Call Routing Mailbox number L 5 Listen to the current Instruction Menu if any Listen Lstn Exit listen mode R 7 Record a new Instruction Menu Record Rec Record message Pause or restart recording Resume Resume Pause Pause E 3 Erase recording Cancel Cancel Exit recording mode Done Done E 3 Erase the Instruction Menu Erase Erase Go back to the System Administrator opt...

Page 539: ...ing Options While Leaving a Message 2144 04 Next Call Routing Mailbox 2144 03 Dialing Option Digit Dialed Action Outside Call Intercom Call Undefined No 0 Caller hears That is an invalid entry and the greeting repeats 1 9 IntraMail hangs up Caller skips greeting and can immediately start recording 1 16 valid Call Routing Mailbox No 0 Caller follows 0 action in Next Call Routing Mailbox Caller hear...

Page 540: ...s Features None IntraMail Features Next Call Routing Mailbox page 552 The Next Call Routing Mailbox provides callers with additional dialing options after they leave a mes sage in a mailbox depending on the setting of the Dialing Option option Quick Message page 560 Quick Message allows Automated Attendant callers to leave a message in a Subscriber Mailbox 1 Set the maximum length of a message tha...

Page 541: ...eave message and hang up b Leave message and dial Dialing may provide you with additional dialing options This depends on how the called mailbox s Next Call Routing Mailbox is set up To leave a message in an extension s mailbox you can be Transferred to an extension s mailbox by another user Automatically routed to a mailbox when the called party doesn t answer or is unavailable Sent to the mailbo...

Page 542: ...Forward the message to another mailbox See Message Forward page 531 MC 62 Callback N A Make a call to the message sender See Make Call page 525 TI 84 Hear the time and date the message was sent See Time and Date with Voice Mail page 580 SA 72 Save the message in your mailbox E 3 Erase Erase Erase the message See Message Delete page 530 L 5 Next Message Next Listen to the next message B 2 Back up a...

Page 543: ...ny message to which you partially listen is automatically erased Any message to which you hang up during or do not listen is retained as a new message For example if you have three new messages listen to part of message 1 dial L to hear part of message 2 and then hang up IntraMail automatically Erases message 1 Retains messages 2 and 3 as new messages Restarts the flashing ring message lamp Resets...

Page 544: ...to Erase or Save page 429 When a mailbox user completely listens to a new message and then exits their mailbox IntraMail will either automatically save or erase the message Message Record page 544 While recording a message a Subscriber Mailbox user has many recording options from which to choose Operation 1 Set the Message Backup Go Ahead Time Listening to Messages Super Display Soft Key Keyset So...

Page 545: ... the ways a user can do this After the Automated Attendant answers dial a digit typically followed by their mailbox number This method allows outside callers to log into their mailboxes from outside the company Once they log into their mailbox they can use the allowed features in the mailbox main menu To avoid unauthorized access to their mailbox the user should enable their own unique Security Co...

Page 546: ... corresponding Routing 1 In 4231 Digit Assignment page 901 enter IXXX in the corresponding Routing option For example to allow callers to dial 1 plus any Subscriber Mailbox number to log on for key 1 enter LOGON for the Action and IXXX for the corresponding Routing 1 In 4201 02 Incoming Message Length page 872 enter the maximum length of a message a caller can leave in a Subscriber Mailbox 1 4095 ...

Page 547: ...our Mailbox Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key To log onto your Subscriber Mailbox 1 Press V MAIL From a single line telephone lift handset and dial 8 To log onto your Guest Mailbox or your Subscriber Mailbox from a co worker s extension 1 Do one of the following a Press INTERCOM Dial the IntraMail master number e g 700 Dial your mailbox number You can optionally press a Call Coverage key assi...

Page 548: ...bscriber Mailbox page 574 A subscriber can record a name for their mailbox or have the System Administrator record one for them System Administrator page 576 The System Administrator can record names for Subscriber Mailboxes Operation A mailbox caller can hear the extension user s prerecorded name instead of their mailbox number Recording Your Mailbox Name Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key Lo...

Page 549: ...umber of the Subscriber Mailbox you want to maintain EN 36 Erase the mailbox name Erase Name Name N 6 Record a new mailbox name Record MBOX Name N A L 5 Listen to the currently recorded name if any Listen Lstn Exit listen mode R 7 Record a new name Record Rec Record message Pause or restart recording Resume Resume Pause Pause E 3 Erase recording Cancel Cancel Exit recording mode Done Done E 3 Eras...

Page 550: ...one IntraMail Features Auto Time Stamp page 431 IntraMail can optionally announce the time and date the message was left Mailbox Security Code Delete page 522 The System Administrator can delete the security code for any Subscriber Mailbox Message Notification page 535 Message Notification dials a telephone or pager number to let the user know they have new messages in their mailbox A Subscriber M...

Page 551: ...Manual IntraMail Features 521 IntraMail Features Operation Accessing the Mailbox Options Menu Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key Log onto Subscriber Mailbox OP 67 Access the Mailbox Options Menu MBOX Options N A 0 Plays Help message ...

Page 552: ...s Mailbox Options Menu page 520 Mailbox Security Code Delete is available on the Mailbox Options Menu Security Code page 570 Subscriber Mailboxes can have Security Codes System Administrator page 576 The System Administrator can delete a mailbox s security code Operation Allows the System Administrator to delete the security code for any mailbox Deleting a Mailbox Security Code Super Display Soft ...

Page 553: ...ecord page 544 G 4 Greeting Greet Record a mailbox greeting See Greeting page 493 RN 76 Name N A Record a mailbox name See Mailbox Name page 518 Message List N A Select the active Message List See Message Listen Mode page 534 1N 16 Message List New Messages N A Select the New Message List See Message Listen Mode page 534 1S 17 Message List Saved Messages N A Select the Saved Message List See Messa...

Page 554: ...es See the Mailbox Main Menu chart above Operation Accessing the Mailbox Main Menu Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key Log onto Subscriber Mailbox You automatically go to the mailbox Main Menu 0 Plays Help message which summarizes the Main Menu options See the Mailbox Main Menu page 523 chart for the Main Menu options ...

Page 555: ...provides Caller ID to the connected telephone system 1 In 3121 01 Caller ID Type page 825 enter the type of Caller ID required DSP 1 ATRU 2 T1 E1 ANI 3 For ANI Caller ID in 3121 02 ANI DNIS Format page 825 and 3121 04 Number of ANI Digits page 826 set for compatibility with the connected service 2 In 1611 06 Caller ID Detection Timer page 684 set for compatibility with the connected service 3 In 3...

Page 556: ...all instead Operation 5 To enable Make Call for remote logons i e subscriber s logging onto their mailbox through the Automated Attendant Using Make Call from your Mailbox Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key Log onto Subscriber Mailbox L 5 Listen to the message for which you want to make a return call Listen Lstn MC 62 Dial this code while listening to the message you want to return Callback N ...

Page 557: ...Master Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features 527 IntraMail Features Master Mailbox Description See Group Mailbox page 497 ...

Page 558: ... new messages waiting in a subscriber s mailbox The message count automatically updates as the subscriber receives new messages and processes older messages While logged into the mailbox the tele phone display shows the number of both new and saved messages 22 Button and 34 Button Display Super Display The telephone display can show the number of new messages waiting in a user s mailbox One new me...

Page 559: ...l Features Conditions None Default Setting Enabled Programming No additional programming required Other Related Features N A Operation Operation is automatic While Logged in One saved message waiting in the Subscriber Mailbox One new message waiting in the Subscriber Mailbox ...

Page 560: ...one Default Setting Enabled Programming No additional programming required Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Erasing All Messages page 476 The System Administrator can delete all messages in a Subscriber Mailbox Subscriber Mailbox page 574 A subscriber can log into their mailbox and delete any of their messages Operation An extension user can delete any messages left in their...

Page 561: ...lso optionally record a comment before the forwarded message Typically the comment would describe the reason for the message forwarding IntraMail saves the message in the subscriber s mailbox after they forward it The Message Forward destina tion receives the forwarded message as a new message Conditions None Default Setting Enabled Programming No additional programming required Other Related Feat...

Page 562: ... to forward the message Continue Continue Cont Do one of the following a Record a comment that will precede the forwarded message Dial b Dial to forward without a comment While recording a comment for your forwarded message Pause or restart recording Resume Resume Pause Pause E 3 Cancel the forwarding and exit your mailbox Cancel Cancel End the recording Done Done Back up and re enter the mailbox ...

Page 563: ...ssages If you find that callers are leaving unusually long messages shorten the Message Length IntraMail will cut off the message once the caller reaches the Message Length limit On the other hand if you hear that IntraMail is cutting off caller s mes sages prematurely increase the Message Length to give callers more time Conditions None Default Setting 120 seconds Programming 1 In 4201 02 Incomin...

Page 564: ...tially a Subscriber Mailbox uses the All Message List If they select a different message list IntraMail reinstates the all Message List the next time they log onto their mailbox Conditions None Default Setting Enabled Programming No additional programming required Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Main Menu page 523 The Message Listen mode options are mailbox Main Menu select...

Page 565: ...cation message Hello I have a message for and asks the recipient to dial 1 to log onto their mailbox The recipient hears the notification message if They say Hello after answering the callout or The system receives answer supervision from the telco after the recipient answers the call Note that the recipient can skip the announcement by dialing 1 to log onto their mailbox after answering the callo...

Page 566: ...ort Toll Restriction Level Night page 866 4 4113 Line Access Voice Mail Port Outgoing Line Access page 869 5 4114 Group Access Outgoing Line Group Access page 870 1 In 4202 06 Number of Callout Attempts page 876 set how many times 1 99 attempts IntraMail will retry an incomplete Message Notification callout This total includes unacknowledged callouts callouts to a busy destination and callouts to ...

Page 567: ...ngs the destination longer than the 4202 05 Wait for Answer Non Pager Callout Attempts page 875 If the destination answers says Hello or the system detects answer supervision and then hangs up without dialing 1 to log onto their mailbox This typically happens if someone unfamiliar with notification answers the callout or if the callout is picked up by an answering machine If the destination answer...

Page 568: ...e notification number will complete dialing approximately 4 seconds after line seizure This means that by default the Digital Pager Callback Number will be dialed into the pager service about 13 seconds after line seizure 1 In 4202 02 Wait Between Digital Pager Callout Attempts page 873 set the minimum time 1 255 min utes between unacknowledged or unanswered digital pager Message Notification call...

Page 569: ...age Notification on or off On On Off Off C 2 Change your Message Notification setup Change Chnge When you see Notification Begin Enter the hour you want Message Notification to begin Enter 2 digits for the hour A 2 Select AM AM AM P 7 Select PM PM PM Skip this option without changing your entry Next Next Back up to the previous level without changing your entry Exit Exit When you see Notification ...

Page 570: ... entry Exit Exit Go back to the Mailbox Options menu Exit Exit Go back to the Main Menu Exit Exit 0 Plays Help message Answering a Message Notification Callout to a Telephone To answer a Message Notification to a telephone 1 Answer the callout at the programmed destination If IntraMail doesn t hear your voice or you don t speak just go to the next step and dial 1 to proceed 2 Do one of the followi...

Page 571: ...il provides a single Message On Hold Any number of callers can simultaneously listen to the Message On Hold recording Conditions None Default Setting Disabled Programming 3 In 3103 05 Music On Hold Source page 816 enter 5 1 In 4201 01 Outgoing Message Length page 871 set the maximum length 1 4095 seconds of the Message On Hold Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Music on Hold p...

Page 572: ... Hold Message On Hold N A L 5 Listen to the current Message On Hold if any Listen Lstn Exit listen mode R 7 Record a new Message On Hold Record Rec Record message Pause or restart recording Resume Resume Pause Pause E 3 Erase recording Cancel Cncl Exit recording mode Done Done E 3 Erase the Message On Hold Erase Erase Go back to the System Administrator options Exit Exit 0 Plays Help message Go ba...

Page 573: ...nts to be reminded of their oldest messages first enable FIFO first in first out lis tening order The oldest first in messages are at the top of the message list and the newest messages are at the bottom Conditions None Default Setting Messages are in FIFO first in first out order Programming 1 In 2143 01 Message Playback Order page 769 set the playback direction The options are 1 for LIFO last in...

Page 574: ...Message Record 544 IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Message Record Description See Record and Send a Message page 562 for more ...

Page 575: ...n just listen to the co worker s message dial a code and record their answer The message sender receives the reply as a new message Conditions None Default Setting Enabled Programming No additional programming required Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Make Call page 525 Message Reply does not apply to outside calls If the telephone system provides Caller ID information to In...

Page 576: ... to enter the mailbox number to receive the reply This can occur if you dial RE while listening to a message from an outside caller Start recording Continue Cont Options available while recording Pause or restart recording Resume Resume Pause Pause E 3 Erase recording Cancel Cncl End the recording Done Done Back up and re enter the mailbox number Mailbox Mbox Exit Exit Exit without recording and g...

Page 577: ...ight on Thursday Message Retention Guard Time IntraMail has a Message Retention Guard Time that automatically starts when you change the date and time in the telephone system Message deletion can occur only after the Message Retention Guard Time expires This prevents Message Retention from inadvertently deleting messages when you change the telephone sys tem time and date The guard time is fixed a...

Page 578: ...sages their mailboxes can hold Conditions None Default Setting 99 for extension 300 20 for all other extensions Programming 1 In 2142 01 Number of Messages page 767 enter the maximum number of messages the mailbox can store 1 99 If a caller tries to leave a message once the maximum number is reached they hear That mailbox is full IntraMail then hangs up Other Related Features Features None IntraMa...

Page 579: ...their mailbox and listen to the voice prompts to find out when they have new messages Conditions None Default Setting Enabled Programming 1 To turn lamping on in 2143 04 Message Waiting Lamp page 771 enterYes 2 To turn lamping off in 2143 04 Message Waiting Lamp page 771 enter No If Message Waiting lamping is disabled N Message Notification will not function In addition the V MAIL VM soft key will...

Page 580: ... will handle the call For each of the assigned Call Routing Mailboxes set up the dialing options Dial Action Table and record an Instruction Menu If multiple companies or departments share an IntraMail messaging and calling between the workers of each company or department are not restricted Conditions None Default Setting All outside lines are assigned to Answer Table 1 Programming 1 In 3131 02 I...

Page 581: ...utomated Attendant can automatically answer the telephone system s incoming calls play an Instruction Menu message and provide dialing options to callers Call Routing Mailbox page 450 The mailbox associated with an Answer Table that specifies which dialing options Dial Action Table and announcements are available to Automated Attendant callers Dial Action Table page 465 Defines the dialing options...

Page 582: ...Message page 562 Provides callers with additional dialing options after they leave a message in an extension s mailbox depending on the setting of the Next Call Routing Mailbox Dial Mode Dialing Options While Listening to a Subscriber Mailbox Greeting 2144 04 Next Call Routing Mailbox 2144 03 Dialing Option Digit Dialed Action Outside Call Intercom Call Undefined No 0 Caller hears That is an inval...

Page 583: ...et in their Next Call Routing Mailbox To allow this capability for example Program the Next Call Routing Mailbox digit as LOGON to IXXX While listening to their greeting the subscriber can dial to route to their Next Call Routing Mailbox then and their mailbox number to log onto their mailbox By default this option is provided in Call Routing Mailbox 1 Additionally the subscriber should enable a S...

Page 584: ...at is an invalid entry and hangs up 1 16 valid Call Routing Mail box 0 No repeats No If the caller doesn t dial after the announcement they route to the Next Call Routing Mailbox If the caller dials a digit during the announcement they route to the Next Call Routing Mailbox Yes If the caller doesn t dial after the announcement IntraMail hangs up If the caller dials a digit during the announcement ...

Page 585: ...dial after the announcement they route to the Next Call Routing Mailbox If the caller dials a digit during the announcement they route to the Next Call Routing Mailbox Yes If the caller doesn t dial after the announcement IntraMail hangs up If the caller dials a digit during the announcement they route to the Next Call Routing Mailbox Undefined x x number of repeats No If caller doesn t dial they ...

Page 586: ...hen route to the Next Call Routing Mailbox If the caller dials a digit during the announcement they route to the Next Call Routing Mailbox Yes If caller doesn t dial they hear the announcement repeat x number of times and then IntraMail hangs up If the caller dials a digit during the announcement they route to the Next Call Routing Mailbox Routed Announcement Mailbox Routing Page 2 of 2 If the out...

Page 587: ...is 0 no repeats 1 In 4223 02 Hang Up After page 893 enter No Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Call Forward to a Mailbox page 447 The Next Call Routing Mailbox dial options also apply to a subscriber s Direct Inward Line while it is forwarded to their mailbox Record and Send a Message page 562 Turn to this feature for an explanation of the options a caller can dial while reco...

Page 588: ...ministrator s mailbox By using the many programmable options available with Intra Mail you should be able to set up the system to accurately meet the customer s requirements To customize IntraMail using the telephone programming use this manual To customize IntraMail using the PC program see the DSX PC Program User Guide Conditions None Default Setting N A Programming See Description above Customi...

Page 589: ...ote Programming page 564 IntraMail programming is available remotely via the System Administrator PC program System Administrator page 576 The System Administrator can do limited IntraMail programming such as recording Automated Attendant announcements recording mailbox names and deleting messages from mailboxes Operation See Description above ...

Page 590: ...XX Programming 1 In 4231 Digit Assignment page 901 enter 3 to assign an available key as a REC 1 Quick Message with Greeting option To have the caller leave a Quick Message at a specific extension the corresponding Routing option should be the extension number To have the caller leave a Quick Message at any caller dialed extension the corresponding Routing option should be IXXX To have the caller ...

Page 591: ...etup Next Call Routing Mailbox page 552 The Quick Message without Greeting option REC2 is typically used when the mailbox s Next Call Routing Mailbox option allows the caller to dial a digit to leave a message Otherwise the caller would hear the mailbox greeting twice once when initially accessing the mailbox and again when routed by the Next Call Routing Mailbox Operation 3 Set the maximum messag...

Page 592: ...itions None Default Setting Always enabled a permanent feature Programming 1 In 4201 02 Incoming Message Length page 872 enter the maximum length of a message a caller can leave in a Subscriber Mailbox 1 4095 seconds Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Listening to Messages page 512 While or after listening to a message an extension user has many message handling options from w...

Page 593: ...Record Rec Enter the number of the mailbox to receive the message Continue Continue Cont Options available while recording Pause or restart recording Resume Resume Pause Pause E 3 Erase recording Cancel Cancel End the recording Done Done Back up and re enter the mailbox number Mailbox Mbox Exit Exit without recording and go back to the mailbox Main Menu Exit without recording and go back to the ma...

Page 594: ... Program running on a PC or laptop After the initial installation Remote Programming allows you to customize IntraMail to meet the customer s requirements without being on site See the DSX PC Program User Guide for more Conditions None Default Setting N A Programming See the DSX PC Program User Guide IntraMail programming is available remotely via the System Administrator PC program ...

Page 595: ...aMail Features Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Programming Voice Mail page 558 Customize IntraMail using the embedded telephone programming or the separately available System Administrator PC program Operation See the DSX PC Program User Guide ...

Page 596: ...50 Directory Dialing Mailbox page 475 Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Announcement Mailbox page 412 An Announcement Mailbox plays a pre recorded announcement to Automated Attendant callers with out providing dialing options Call Routing Mailbox page 450 The Call Routing Mailbox associated with an Answer Table specifies which dialing options Dial Action Table and announcemen...

Page 597: ... additional options Screened vs Unscreened Transfer Both Screened and Unscreened Transfer allow Automated Attendant callers to directly dial system exten sions The following summarizes the differences between these two types of Automated Attendant transfer With Unscreened Transfer calls from the Automated Attendant ring like other transferred calls and dis play the incoming Caller ID data if provi...

Page 598: ...aller can dial 1 to leave a message or 22 for other options With Active Greet ing Not Recorded 1 Places a screened Inter com call to extension If answered transfers call 2 If unanswered1 With no Next Call Routing Mailbox IntraMail prompts caller to leave a message With a Next Call Routing Mailbox caller can dial 1 to leave a message or 22 for other options 1 When busy With no Next Call Routing Mai...

Page 599: ...raMail Features Answer Tables page 420 Determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each line Automated Attendant page 433 The Answer Table determines how the Automated Attendant answers calls Call Routing Mailbox page 450 The mailbox associated with an Answer Table that specifies which dialing options Dial Action Table and announcements are available to Automated Attendant call...

Page 600: ...lete a mailbox s security code Operation A mailbox can have a security code to guard against unauthorized access Changing or Deleting a Security Code From your Subscriber Mailbox Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key Log onto Subscriber Mailbox OP 67 Access the Mailbox Options Menu MBOX Options N A S 7 Access the Security Code options Security Code Sec Enter new Security Code 4 digits using 0 9 C...

Page 601: ...set Soft Key Log onto System Administrator s mailbox SA 72 Access System Administrator options System Admin N A S 7 Select Subscriber Mailbox Maintenance options Subscriber Subs Enter the number of the Subscriber Mailbox you want to maintain S 7 Erase mailbox s Security Code Erase Security Code N A Go back to System Administrator options Exit Exit 0 Plays Help message ...

Page 602: ...eened Transfer to an extension IntraMail calls screens the destination to see if the call can go through Screened Transfer page 567 Page 905 UTRF Unscreened Transfer 2 Allows an Automated Attendant caller to place an Unscreened Transfer to an extension Intra Mail transfers the call the destination and then hangs up Unscreened Transfer page 587 Page 906 REC1 Quick Message with Greeting 3 Allows an ...

Page 603: ...ction Summary page 466 for more Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Instruction Menu page 507 The active Instruction Menu should describe the Single Digit Dialing options Also refer to the Dial Action Table Key Action Summary page 466 Operation Refer to the Dial Action Table Key Action Summary page 466 for more ...

Page 604: ...iber Mailboxes 300 333 The first 8 300 307 are active Programming 1 In 2141 01 Station Mailbox Type page 766 for each extension that should have a mailbox enter 1 To set up a Group Mailbox enter 2 and turn to Group Mailbox page 497 1 In 2143 04 Message Waiting Lamp page 771 enterYes 1 In 4201 02 Incoming Message Length page 872 set the maximum length 1 4095 seconds of recorded messages left in the...

Page 605: ...on page 535 Once activated Message Notification dials up to 3 telephone numbers to let the user know they have new messages in their Subscriber Mailbox Message Playback Direction page 543 Set the subscriber Mailbox message playback order Message Record page 544 Review this feature to learn which features are available to a subscriber while recording and sending a message Message Retention page 547...

Page 606: ...e SA 72 System Admin N A Access the System Administrator options I 4 Instruction Instr Record an Instruction Menu Instruction Menu page 507 A 2 Announcement Annc Record an Announcement Message Announcement Message page 417 S 7 Subscriber Subs Access the Subscriber Maintenance options see the following features EA 32 Erase All Messages Msgs Erase all messages in a mailbox Erasing All Messages page ...

Page 607: ...ailbox can be a System Administrator Operation Refer to the individual features referenced in the System Administrator Options page 576 1 Designate a Subscriber Mailbox as a System Administrator Accessing the System Administrator Options Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key Log onto System Administrator s Mailbox SA 72 Access the System Administrator Menu System Admin N A Turn to System Administ...

Page 608: ... Mailbox is 300 Programming 1 In 2142 03 System Administrator page 767 enterYes Turn to System Administrator page 576 for more Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Subscriber Mailbox page 574 Only a Subscriber Mailbox can be a System Administrator System Administrator page 576 The System Administrator has unique system administration functions such as recording Welcome Messages ...

Page 609: ...one system data base initializes To cancel initialization dial 0 HOLD instead 1 See System Administrator page 576 The recorded messages include Instruction Menus Announcement Mailbox messages Messages left in a Subscriber Mailbox Subscriber Mailbox greetings Subscriber Mailbox names Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features System Administrator page 576 The System Administrator can d...

Page 610: ...addition a Subscriber Mailbox user can hear the time and date when they call their mailbox Conditions None Default Setting N A Programming See Time and Date page 349 Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Auto Time Stamp page 431 After a user listens to a message IntraMail can optionally announce the time and date the message was left Time and Date page 349 Turn to this feature fo...

Page 611: ...s None Default Setting Enabled Programming To get Time and Date Stamp with Caller ID be sure Caller ID is properly installed and programmed in the connected telephone system Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Auto Time Stamp page 431 After a user listens to a message IntraMail can optionally announce the time and date the message was left Caller ID page 63 With Caller ID insta...

Page 612: ...me and Date a Message was Left Super Display Soft Key Keyset Soft Key Log onto Subscriber Mailbox L 5 Access the Message Listen mode Listen Lstn TI 84 Hear the time and date the message was sent Turn to Listening to Messages page 512 for more on your listening options 0 Plays Help message ...

Page 613: ... s mailbox Conditions None Default Setting Always enabled Programming 1 In 4201 02 Incoming Message Length page 872 enter the maximum length of a message a caller can leave in a Subscriber Mailbox 1 4095 seconds Other Related Features Features Call Coverage Keys page 40 Pressing TRANSFER Call Coverage Key can Transfer a call to an uninstalled extension s mailbox if the mailbox is enabled Hotline p...

Page 614: ...Dial 8 Dial the co worker s mailbox Hang up Method B Transfer without first ringing 1 Press TRANSFER 2 Press V MAIL 3 Dial the number of the mailbox to receive the Transfer You can optionally press the DSS key for your co worker Voice mail will prompt your caller to leave a message The caller will hear the entire mailbox greeting after the Transfer goes through 4 Press SPEAKER to hang up Method C ...

Page 615: ...transfer directly to the master number Action should be STRF and the corresponding Routing option should be the master extension number 1 In 4231 Digit Assignment page 901 enter 2 to assign an available key as a UTRF action To transfer directly to the master number Action should be UTRF and the corresponding Routing option should be the master extension number Other Related Features Features None ...

Page 616: ...s 1 2 5 6 7 and 8 Undefined Routing In Dial Action Tables 2 16 all keys have Undefined Routing Programming 1 In 4231 Digit Assignment page 901 enter 0 to assign an available key as an Undefined Routing action For a key that should have an Undefined Routing the Action entry should display as UND There is no corresponding Routing option entry Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features D...

Page 617: ... Unscreened Transfer and Inactive Mailboxes An Unscreened Transfer will go through to the destination extension even if the destination doesn t have an active mailbox If the Unscreened Transfer is unanswered at the destination the call returns to the Auto mated Attendant The following table shows in detail how Unscreened Transfer operates Similar to telephone system unscreened transfers in which t...

Page 618: ...that single digit to reach the extension For example to have callers dial 8 to reach extension 303 for key 8 enter UTRF for the Action and 303 for the corresponding Routing 1 In 1603 01 Transfer Recall Timer page 675 set the Transfer Recall interval 0 9999 seconds as required Unanswered Unscreened Transfers route to the extension s mailbox after this interval If Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb is on...

Page 619: ...ides Caller ID data for an Unscreened Transfer as the call is ringing Dial Action Table page 465 Defines the dialing options for the Call Routing Mailbox chosen by the active Answer Table You cannot program a Call Routing Mailbox as an Unscreened Transfer UTRF Dial Action Table destination Forced Unscreened Transfer page 489 The Subscriber Mailbox can optionally convert Automated Attendant Screene...

Page 620: ...rect Inward Line DIL Overflow A Direct Inward Line DIL to the Ring Group master number can overflow to the group s mailbox See Group Mailbox page 497 for more Conditions None Default Setting Disabled Programming Setting Up Key Ring Overflow 1 In 3112 01 Direct Termination in the Day page 819 press CLEAR to make the line a Key Ring line during the day and at night 2 In 3112 02 Enable Day Overflow p...

Page 621: ...etting Up Ring Group DIL Overflow 1 In 3112 02 Enable Day Overflow page 819 enterYes to activate overflow during the day 2 In 3112 03 Day Overflow Destination page 820 enter the IntraMail master number 700 1 In 3112 05 Enable Night Overflow page 820 enterYes to activate overflow at night 2 In 3112 06 Night Overflow Destination page 821 enter the IntraMail master number 700 1 In 1601 02 DIL No Answ...

Page 622: ...calls Call Routing Mailbox page 450 The mailbox associated with an Answer Table that specifies which dialing options Dial Action Table and announcements are available to Automated Attendant callers Dial Action Table page 465 Defines the dialing options for the Call Routing Mailbox chosen by the active Answer Table Extension Hunting to Voice Mail page 478 A subscriber s mailbox can pick up their un...

Page 623: ...Prompts that tell the extension user the status or progress of their call Voice Prompting Messages Voice Prompt Feature Description The number you have dialed is not in service Intercom page 211 The extension you called is part of the exten sion data base but is not installed Vacant number The extension you called is not part of the extension data base This is extension ___ You press N 6 to hear y...

Page 624: ...rerecorded voice prompt Volume Con trols let the user interactively adjust the loudness of the IntraMail messages and prompts to a comfortable level Conditions None Default Setting Always enabled Programming No additional programming required Other Related Features N A Operation A mailbox user can turn the volume up or down while listening to their messages Volume Control Super Display Soft Key Ke...

Page 625: ...ware version number and version number of the embedded DSP Options 1001 01 System Type System Type Use this option to display the system name This is a fixed option which you cannot modify Features None IntraMail Features None Options None Default DSX 1001 02 Software Version S W Version Use this option to display the system software version This is a fixed option which you cannot modify Features ...

Page 626: ...stem Options 1001 1702 DSX Software Manual 1001 03 DSP Version DSP Version Use this option to display the version of the embedded DSP software This is a fixed option which you can not modify Features None IntraMail Features None Options N A Default N A ...

Page 627: ...tion to enter the site name up to 18 characters Use the Name Programming Chart page 598 when entering names Features System Identification page 334 IntraMail Features None Options See the Name Programming Chart page 598 Default No entry 1011 02 Telephone Number Phone Number Use this option to enter the site telephone number Features System Identification page 334 IntraMail Features None Options Di...

Page 628: ...M N O m n o 6 7 P Q R S p q r s 7 8 T U V t u v 8 9 W X Y Z w x y z 9 0 space 0 Not used Not used After selecting a letter press a key for another letter or wait 2 seconds for the cursor to automatically advance Additional Name Programming Options HOLD Save name SPEAKER Exit user name programming Volume Up Scroll the cursor to the right Volume Down Scroll the cursor to the left CLEAR While editing...

Page 629: ... SS For example 13 00 00 1 00 PM The system shows Time and Date on telephone displays and in various system reports Features Time and Date page 349 IntraMail Features None Options HH MM SS system time in 24 hour format Default 8 45PM 20 45 00 1021 02 System Date Date Use this option to set the system date The system shows Time and Date on telephone displays and in various system reports Features T...

Page 630: ...Savings Time Setting Auto D S T Use this option to enable or disable automatic Daylight Savings Time adjustment If enabled the system will automatically set the time back 1 hour at 2 00 AM on the last Sunday in October and set the time forward 1 hour at 2 00 AM on the first Sunday in April If disabled this adjustment will not occur Features Time and Date page 349 IntraMail Features None Options No...

Page 631: ... NTS Description Use this program to specify the Network Time Server NTS Options 1023 01 Network Time Server Name Server Name Use this option to enter the IP address of the Network Time Server NTS if any The system will synchro nize it s date and time with this source Features None IntraMail Features None Options IP address in the format xxx xxx xxx xxx Default None ...

Page 632: ...01 01 System Type page 595 1001 02 Software Version page 595 1001 03 DSP Version page 596 1011 01 System Name page 597 1011 02 Telephone Number page 597 1021 01 System Time page 599 1021 02 System Date page 599 1022 01 Automatic Daylight Savings Time Setting page 600 1031 01 New Password page 602 for level accessed 1701 01 Number of System Speed Dial Bins page 714 1702 Assignment System Speed Dial...

Page 633: ...o specify the baud rate of the system s serial port as well as indicate when an external modem is connected to the system Options 1101 01 Baud Rate Baud Rate Use this option to set the baud rate of the system s RS232 port Features Station Message Detail Recording page 328 IntraMail Features None Options 1 for 2400 2 for 9600 3 for19 200 4 for 38 400 5 for 57 600 Default 4 ...

Page 634: ...11xx CPU 110x I O 1102 Modem Settings 604 System Options 1001 1702 DSX Software Manual 1102 Modem Settings Description TBD Options TBD ...

Page 635: ...11xx CPU 110x I O 1103 USB Settings DSX Software Manual System Options 1001 1702 605 System 1001 1702 1103 USB Settings Description TBD Options TBD ...

Page 636: ...o the network If you are connecting your PC to the system s ethernet port using a standard crossover cable the default IP address 192 168 1 250 should be adequate Set your PC IP address to 192 168 1 249 Features None IntraMail Features None Options Digits using 0 9 12 max in the format xxx xxx xxx xxx Default 192 168 1 250 1104 02 System Subnet Mask Subnet Use this option to set the DSX system s s...

Page 637: ...5 255 255 0 1104 03 Default Gateway Default Gateway The gateway address is the address in the site router to which all outbound traffic is routed The gateway address is required in order for DSX to communicate with computers not on your LAN i e over the internet or a private WAN Features None IntraMail Features None Options Digits using 0 9 12 max in the format xxx xxx xxx xxx Default 255 255 255 ...

Page 638: ...ption to set the duration of the interval between DTMF digits for outside calls manually dialed by an extension user This is required because the system buffers the digits the user dials Set this timer for com patibility with the connected telco or PBX Centrex Features Central Office Calls Placing page 78 IntraMail Features None Options 10 2550 mS Default 100 mS 1111 03 Speed Dial DTMF Tone On SPD...

Page 639: ...11xx CPU 111x Tones 1111 DTMF Setup DSX Software Manual System Options 1001 1702 609 System 1001 1702 Default 100 mS ...

Page 640: ...eed Dial outside calls automat ically dialed by the system Set this timer for compatibility with the connected telco or PBX Centrex If you set this interval too short the telco or PBX Centrex may not be able to set up to receive the next DTMF digit If too long outbound dialing is unnecessarily slowed down Features Central Office Calls Placing page 78 IntraMail Features None Options 10 2550 mS Defa...

Page 641: ... to define the type of station PCB plugged into each equipment cabinet PCB slot Although PCBs auto ID as you insert them this option allows you to preconfigure a system prior to installation You can also use this option to reorder PCBs after the initial installation is complete Features Automatic Slot Configuration page 33 IntraMail Features None Options 1 for 16ESIU 2 for 16DSTU 3 for 4SLIU 4 for...

Page 642: ...tion ports If you installed your PCBs in order from left to right and let Automatic Slot Configuration set up your system your hard ware and software ports should match With the exception of Digital VANGARD voice mail all station devices are single port Features Automatic Slot Configuration page 33 Flexible Numbering Plan page 179 Voice Mail page 372 IntraMail Features None Options 1 128 for stati...

Page 643: ...y the secondary station port is only used for Digital VANGARD voice mail Each digital voice mail port contains two ports the primary port and the secondary port The following table shows the typical primary and secondary station port assign ments for an 8 port Digital VANGARD Features Voice Mail page 372 IntraMail Features None Options 1 128 for station ports 1 128 201 208 for voice mail ports 1 8...

Page 644: ...ype Card Type Use this option to define the type of line PCB plugged into each equipment cabinet PCB slot Although PCBs auto ID as you insert them this option allows you to preconfigure a system prior to installation You can also use this option to reorder PCBs after the initial installation is complete Features Automatic Slot Configuration page 33 IntraMail Features None Options 1 for 4ATRU 2 for...

Page 645: ...t xx Port xx Station Use this option to associate physical hardware line ports with software line ports If you installed your PCBs in order from left to right and let Automatic Slot Configuration set up your system your hardware and software ports should match Features Automatic Slot Configuration page 33 IntraMail Features None Options 1 64 for line ports 1 64 Undefined Default Physical and softw...

Page 646: ...the 119 allowable timeslots This option always selects the lowest channels For example an entry of 8 uses channels 1 8 When connecting to a DSU and splitting voice and data channels the voice channels must be the lower numbered channels Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 1 30 0 for all channels Default 0 1213 02 Clock Control Clock Control Use this option to specify the clo...

Page 647: ...lco will tell you if any attenuation is required This option does not apply to E1 circuits Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 1 for 0 133 feet 0 dB 2 for 133 266 feet 3 for 266 399 feet 4 for 399 533 feet 5 for 533 655 feet 6 for 7 5 dB 7 for 15 dB 8 for 22 5 dB Default 1 1213 04 Framer Type ESF CRC4 Use this option to set the Framer Type used by the PCB If this option is e...

Page 648: ... the PCB internal analog input The PCB external telco side connection is isolated during this test Metallic Loopback is not normally used as a field test Digital This option loops the T1 PCB internal digital output through the PCB s framer chip and then back to the PCB internal digital input Digital Loopback is not normally used as a field test Remote This option loops any analog signal on the T1 ...

Page 649: ...2xx Slots 121x Lines 1213 T1 E1 Card Setup DSX Software Manual System Options 1001 1702 619 System 1001 1702 Options 0 for none 1 for metallic 2 digital 3 for remote 4 for ST Bus 5 for payload Default 0 ...

Page 650: ...t use this option to assign the Function Type This defines the digit s function in the system Features Attendant Position page 24 Central Office Calls Placing page 78 Flexible Numbering Plan page 179 Line Group Routing page 223 Line Groups page 225 Flexible Mailbox Numbering Plan page 488 Options 1 for Operator Access 2 for Intercom and Direct Line Access 3 for Line Group Access Default See Defaul...

Page 651: ...trings are normally reserved for Intercom access 2 2 Extension Access 3 3 Use this option to define the Function Type and Expected Digits for dial strings beginning with 3 These strings are by default assigned to Intercom access 2 2 Extension Access 3 4 Use this option to define the Function Type and Expected Digits for dial strings beginning with 4 These strings are by default assigned to Direct ...

Page 652: ... 2 2 Extension Access 3 9 Use this option to define the total length of dial strings beginning with 9 These strings are nor mally 1 digit long for dial 9 line access 3 Line Group Access 1 9 Use this option to define the Function Type and Expected Digits for dial strings beginning with 9 These strings are normally reserved to line access 3 LN GRP 1 OPER 2 EXT 3 LN GRP 3 LN GRP Default Dialing Plan ...

Page 653: ...tion Use this program to customize extension numbering Options 1311 01 Station Extension Number Extension Use this option to assign an extension number to each station Features Flexible Numbering Plan page 179 IntraMail Features Flexible Mailbox Numbering Plan page 488 Options 0 999 for extension numbers 0 999 Default 300 427 for extensions 300 347 ...

Page 654: ...n Use this program to customize voice mail extension numbering Options 1312 01 Voice Mail Extension Number Extension Use this option to assign an extension number to each voice mail station Features Flexible Numbering Plan page 179 IntraMail Features None Options 0 999 for extension numbers 0 999 Default 500 507 for extensions 500 507 ...

Page 655: ...this program to customize line extension numbers Options 1313 01 Line Extension Number Extension Use this option to assign an extension number to each line Features Central Office Calls Placing page 78 Flexible Numbering Plan page 179 IntraMail Features None Options 0 999 for line extension numbers 0 999 Default 101 164 for lines 1 64 ...

Page 656: ...ster extension number to each Ring Group Although the master numbers are preassigned by default you can customize them to meet the site requirements The extension numbers you use must be unique and cannot be a physical port e g 300 Features Flexible Numbering Plan page 179 Group Ring page 189 IntraMail Features None Options Extension number 0 999 Default 600 for Group 1 601 for Group 2 602 for Gro...

Page 657: ...a master extension number to each UCD Group Although the master numbers are preassigned by default you can customize them to meet the site requirements The extension numbers you use must be unique and cannot be a physical port e g 300 Features Extension Hunting page 154 Flexible Numbering Plan page 179 IntraMail Features None Options Extension number 0 999 Default 700 for Group 1 701 for Group 2 7...

Page 658: ...ail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Enabled 1401 02 Extended Ring Extended Ring Use this option to enable or disable Extended Ring at the extension Features Extended Ringing page 153 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default No 0 Disabled 1401 03 Privacy Privacy Use this option to enable or disable Privacy in an extension s Class of Service...

Page 659: ...ther their Conversation Record key or RECORD soft key to initiate recording Features Voice Mail page 372 IntraMail Features Conversation Record page 462 Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default No 0 Disabled 1401 07 DND Override DND Override Use this option to enable or disable an extension s ability to use DND Override If enabled an extension user can dial 1 or press their DND Override soft ke...

Page 660: ...ble the extension s ability to receive DID calls If enabled the extension will receive DID calls routed to it by the system If disabled the extension will not receive DID calls If a DID call attempts to route to an extension with this option disabled the call follows Line Overflow Features Direct Inward Dialing page 99 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Enabl...

Page 661: ...lt Yes 1 Enabled 1401 10 Name Programming Name Pgming Use this option to enable or disable name programming at an extension If enabled the extension user can access name programming via their soft keys If disabled name programming is not allowed Features Names for Extensions and Lines page 249 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 for COS 1 No 0 for COS 2 15 140...

Page 662: ...ox normally Features Call Screening page 453 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default No 0 Disabled 1401 13 Hotline Automatic Transfer Hotline Auto Transfer Use this option to enable or disable Hotline Automatic Transfer for the extension If enabled an extension user busy on a call can just press their Hotline key and hang up to Transfer If disabled the extension user mu...

Page 663: ...Yes 1 for COS 1 No 0 for COS 2 15 1402 02 Barge In Intrusion Barge In Use this option to enable or disable an extension s ability to Barge In on a co worker Features Barge In Intrusion page 36 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes for COS 1 No for COS 2 15 1402 03 Camp On to Busy Extension Camp On Busy Ext Use this option to enable or disable an extension s abilit...

Page 664: ...sable an extension s ability to activate Night Service Features Night Service Night Ring page 252 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 for COS 1 No 0 for COS 2 15 1402 06 Direct Line Access Direct Line Access Use this option to enable or disable an extension s ability to use Direct Line Access Note that enabling Direct Line Access allows the user to bypass Toll...

Page 665: ... If enabled analog single line extensions always receive single ringing for outside calls Certain analog single line devices connected to the system may require this type of ringing If disabled line ringing at analog single line extensions fol lows the ringing pattern of the line For example if a line is ringing the system with two ring bursts the sin gle line extensions will follow the same ringi...

Page 666: ...isabled 1403 05 FSK Message Waiting Lamp for Single Line Set FSK MW Lamp Use this option to enable or disable FSK Message Waiting for single line ports If both this option and 1403 04 High Voltage Message Waiting Lamp for Single Line Set are enabled the system uses FSK Message Waiting Features Message Waiting page 238 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default No 0 Disable...

Page 667: ...14xx COS Class of Service 140x Station 1403 SLT s Single Line Telephone Options DSX Software Manual System Options 1001 1702 637 System 1001 1702 ...

Page 668: ...e this option to enable or disable an extension s ability to display Second Call Caller ID If enabled Sec ond Call Caller ID will occur for all extensions with this Class of Service provided Second Call Caller ID is enabled in other system programming If disabled Second Call Caller ID will never occur for extensions with this Class of Service Features Caller ID page 63 IntraMail Features None Opti...

Page 669: ...lt Yes 1 Enabled 1404 05 Outgoing ANI Privacy OTG ANI Privacy Use this option to enable or disable the extension s ability to send outbound Automatic Number Identifica tion ANI over E1 lines using MFC dialing This option only applies to outbound E1 calls using MFC dialing and does not apply to systems installed in North America Features None IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enab...

Page 670: ...14xx COS Class of Service 140x Station 1404 Caller ID 640 System Options 1001 1702 DSX Software Manual Default Yes 1 Enabled ...

Page 671: ...ive ringing for Day Ring Night Ring and Delay Ring outside calls on line keys by pressing the ASSIGN ASGN soft key If disabled the exten sion user cannot customize the distinctive ringing and the system hides the ASSIGN ASGN soft key If you enable this option and the user customizes their Extension Override settings disabling this option will can cel the user s custom settings Features Distinctive...

Page 672: ...14xx COS Class of Service 140x Station 1405 Distinctive Ringing 642 System Options 1001 1702 DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default No 0 Disabled ...

Page 673: ...ed the Off Premise Call Forwarding option is hidden on the telephone display Features Call Forwarding Off Premises page 51 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default No 0 Disabled 1406 02 Internal Call Forwarding Internal Use this option to enable or disable an extension s ability to use Call Forwarding If an extension cannot use Call Forwarding they cannot also use Off Pr...

Page 674: ...eatures None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Enabled 1407 02 Make Page Into Zone 1 Page Zone 1 Use this option to enable or disable an extension s ability to make a Paging announcement into zone 1 Features Paging page 259 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Enabled 1407 03 Make Page Into Zone 2 Page Zone 2 Use this option to enable or disable...

Page 675: ...nable or disable an extension s ability to make a Paging announcement into zone 4 Features Paging page 259 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Enabled 1407 06 Make Page Into Zone 5 Page Zone 5 Use this option to enable or disable an extension s ability to make a Paging announcement into zone 5 Features Paging page 259 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disab...

Page 676: ...ions No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Enabled 1407 08 Make Page Into Zone 7 Page Zone 7 Use this option to enable or disable an extension s ability to make a Paging announcement into zone 7 Features Paging page 259 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Enabled ...

Page 677: ...one Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 for COS 1 No 0 for CIS 2 15 1411 02 Line Queue Priority Line Que Priority Use this option to enable or disable Line Queuing Priority at the extension If more than one extension with pri ority is queued on a busy line the system services the priority extensions on a first queued first served basis Features Line Queuing Line Callback page 230 Int...

Page 678: ...ures Last Number Redial page 219 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Enabled 1411 05 Unsupervised Conference Unsuprvsd Conf Use this option to enable or disable an extension s ability to use Unsupervised Conference Also enable this option to use Line to Line Transfer to set up a tandem call See Using Line to Line Transfer to set up a Tandem Call page 343 for m...

Page 679: ...ion 301 Features Walking Class of Service page 392 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default No 0 Disabled 1412 02 Walking Class of Service Night Walking COS Night Use this option to enable or disable Walking Class of Service for the extension while the system is in the night mode This option affects the extension implementing this feature not the extension at which the f...

Page 680: ...14xx COS Class of Service 141x Line 1412 Toll Restriction 650 System Options 1001 1702 DSX Software Manual Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default No 0 Disabled ...

Page 681: ... the user dials to the entries in 36xx AC Codes Verified Account Codes Table page 854 Features Account Codes page 14 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default No 0 Disabled 1412 06 Account Codes for Toll Calls Only A C Toll Only Use this option to enable Forced Account Codes only for toll long distance calls If disabled Forced Account Codes apply to all outgoing outside c...

Page 682: ... Operators 1501 Setup Description Use this program to specify the number of system operators Options 1501 01 Number of Operators of Operators Use this option to specify the number of operators in the system 1 4 Features Attendant Position page 24 IntraMail Features None Options 1 4 0 no operators Default 0 ...

Page 683: ...1 01 Number of Operators page 652 Features Attendant Position page 24 IntraMail Features None Options Extension number None Entered by pressing CLEAR Default 300 1502 02 Operator Number 2 Operator 2 Assign the second operator s extension number Be sure you have entered the correct number of operators in 1501 01 Number of Operators page 652 Features Attendant Position page 24 IntraMail Features Non...

Page 684: ...1502 04 Operator Number 4 Operator 4 Assign the fourth operator s extension number Be sure you have entered the correct number of operators in 1501 01 Number of Operators page 652 Features Attendant Position page 24 IntraMail Features None Options Extension number None Entered by pressing CLEAR Default None ...

Page 685: ...elephone The options are 1 first last and 2 last first If you enter 1 first last the system assumes that all names are entered in the following format If you enter 2 last first the system assumes that all names are entered in the following format Features Directory Dialing page 469 IntraMail Features None Options 1 for first last 2 for last first Default 1 M A R Y J O N E S First Last Delimiter sp...

Page 686: ...entries After changing the entry for this option an extension user must either lift and replace the handset or receive an incoming call before their display will show the new format Features Time and Date page 349 IntraMail Features None Options Default 1 Clock Display Format Options Using Tuesday 3 28 2006 4 44PM as an Example Option Display Format 1 Default Tue March 28 4 44 PM 2 4 44 PM Tue Mar...

Page 687: ... Automatic Handsfree system wide Features Automatic Handsfree page 30 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Enabled 1512 02 Call Waiting Tones Call Waiting Tones Use this option to enable or disable Camp On tones system wide If disabled an extension user will not hear Camp On tones if a co worker camps on to their extension or leaves them a Callback Features Cal...

Page 688: ...k enabled below If you disable this option extension users can only receive ringing Intercom calls Features Handsfree and Handsfree Answerback page 195 Intercom page 211 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Enabled 1513 02 Handsfree Reply Handsfree Answerback HF Reply Use this option to enable or disable system wide Handsfree Reply for voice announced Intercom ...

Page 689: ...Default Yes 1 Enabled 1521 02 Music on Hold for Transferred Calls MOH on Transfer Use this option to enable or disable MOH for transferred calls system wide If enabled transferred callers hear Music on Hold while waiting If disabled transferred callers hear ringback Features Transfer page 358 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default No 0 Disabled 1521 03 Background Music...

Page 690: ... Music over External Page BGM Over Page Enable this option to have Background Music if installed play over the system s External Page Disable this option if you don t want Background Music to play over the system s External Page Features Paging page 259 IntraMail Features None Options N 6 No Y 9 Yes Default N 6 No ...

Page 691: ... set the gain volume of Audio Input 1 Features Music on Hold page 246 IntraMail Features None Options 01 25 12 dB to 12 dB in 1 dB steps Default 13 0 dB 1521 06 Audio Input 2 Gain Setting Audio 2 Gain Use this option to set the gain volume of Audio Input 2 Features Music on Hold page 246 IntraMail Features None Options 01 25 12 dB to 12 dB in 1 dB steps Default 13 0 dB ...

Page 692: ... that will broadcast over the External Page none station or line Features Paging page 259 IntraMail Features None Options 0 for none 1 for station 2 for line Default 0 1531 02 Extension Ring Over External Page Page Ring Extension If 1531 01 External Page Ring Type is 1 station use this option to enter the number of the extension that should ring over the External Page Features Paging page 259 Intr...

Page 693: ... the volume of ringing over the External Paging system This option does not affect the volume of Background Music Door Chime or External Page voice broadcasts You can additionally control the volume of audio broadcasting from the External Page port in 1531 05 External Page Gain Features Paging page 259 IntraMail Features None Options 1 for low 2 for medium 3 for high Default 2 ...

Page 694: ... No 0 Disabled 1531 05 External Page Gain External Page Gain Use this option to control the volume of any audio broadcasting from the External Page output This includes Page broadcasts Door Chimes and ringing Note that if you increase the External Page ring volume in 1531 05 External Page Gain you can additionally increase or decrease the volume of the Page output in this option Features Paging pa...

Page 695: ...ing type for each line Options 1532 01 64 External Page Line Ringing Line nn Ring If 1531 01 External Page Ring Type is 2 line use this option to individually set the ringing for each line over the External Page Features Paging page 259 IntraMail Features None Options for each line 1 64 Extension number 0 999 0 for no ringing 1 for day and night ringing 2 for night ringing only 3 for delay ringing...

Page 696: ...t Default 0 1541 02 Print SMDR Headers SMDR Headers Use this option to enable or disable the header from the SMDR report In enabled the header will print at the beginning of the SMDR report and at the top of each page Features Station Message Detail Recording page 328 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Enabled 1541 03 SMDR Language SMDR Language Use this opti...

Page 697: ...uld be able to store Account Codes in Speed Dial bins This causes the stored Account Code to properly display in the SMDR report Account column If you disable this option Account Codes stored in Speed Dial bins dial out as part of the stored number and display in the SMDR report Number Dialed column They will not display in the Account column Features Account Codes page 14 IntraMail Features None ...

Page 698: ... If you enter a toll level for this option 1 7 the system uses the toll level options programmed in 35xx Toll Restriction page 839 for that level to determine if the call is local or toll If the toll level is set to deny the call it is considered to be a long distance call and the system requires that the user must have entered an Account Code If the toll level permits the call it is considered to...

Page 699: ...sion that initially transferred the call before Key Ring occurs Features Direct Inward Dialing page 99 Direct Inward Line page 109 Group Ring page 189 Hold page 202 Key Ring page 214 Transfer page 358 IntraMail Features Voice Mail Overflow page 590 Options 1 9999 seconds 0 for disabled Default 15 seconds 1601 02 DIL No Answer Timer DIL Ring No Answer Use this option to set how long a DIL to an ext...

Page 700: ...g page 44 Extension Hunting page 154 Transfer page 358 Call Forward to a Mailbox page 447 IntraMail Features Extension Hunting to Voice Mail page 478 Options 1 9999 seconds 0 for disabled Default 10 seconds 1601 04 UCD No Answer Timer UCD Overflow Use this option to set when UCD overflow occurs When all UCD agents are busy a queued call rings for this interval and then overflows to the UCD Overflo...

Page 701: ... within this interval it marks the line as defective Be sure the value you enter is compatible with the local telco If you set this value too short the system may mark properly functioning lines as defective If too long defective lines may be left in service Features N A IntraMail Features None Options 4 1020 in 100 mS intervals e g 10 1 second 100 10 seconds Default 100 10 seconds 1602 03 Dialton...

Page 702: ...16xx Timers 160x Feature Timers 1602 Outgoing Call Timers 672 System Options 1001 1702 DSX Software Manual Options 1 9999 in 100 mS increments e g 10 1 second 100 10 seconds Default 20 2 seconds ...

Page 703: ...li sions If you set this interval too short call collisions may occur If too long there will be unnecessary delays before you can use the line for a new call Features None IntraMail Features None Options 10 9999 mS Default 10 mS 1602 06 Repeat Redial Timer Repeat Dial Use this option to set the interval between Auto Redial callout attempts Features Auto Redial page 28 IntraMail Features None Optio...

Page 704: ...16xx Timers 160x Feature Timers 1602 Outgoing Call Timers 674 System Options 1001 1702 DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features None Options 1 99 seconds Default 6 ...

Page 705: ...initially transferred Features Direct Inward Line page 109 Extension Hunting page 154 Group Ring page 189 Key Ring page 214 Transfer page 358 IntraMail Features Extension Hunting to Voice Mail page 478 Unscreened Transfer page 587 Options 1 9999 seconds 0 for disabled Default 1 second 1603 02 Hold Recall Timer Hold recall Use this option to set how long a call stays on Hold before it recalls the e...

Page 706: ...16xx Timers 160x Feature Timers 1603 Recall Timers 676 System Options 1001 1702 DSX Software Manual Options 1 9999 seconds 0 for disabled Default 90 seconds ...

Page 707: ...it Recall Timer Orbit Recall Use this option to set how long a call stays in System Park Orbit before it recalls the extension that parked it This timer if for orbits 60 67 only The recall for orbits 68 and 69 is fixed at 5 minutes Features Park page 266 IntraMail Features None Options 1 9999 seconds 0 for disabled Default 20 seconds ...

Page 708: ...Line Disconnect page 182 Key Ring page 214 Paging page 259 Line Keys page 227 Loop Keys page 233 Night Service Night Ring page 252 Paging page 259 Private Line page 280 IntraMail Features None Options 1 9999 seconds 0 for disabled Default 10 seconds 1604 02 Call Coverage Delay Ring Timer CCK Delay For extensions with Delayed Ringing Call Coverage keys use this option to set how long a call flashes...

Page 709: ... Feature Timers 1604 Station Timers DSX Software Manual System Options 1001 1702 679 System 1001 1702 Features Extended Ringing page 153 IntraMail Features None Options 1 9999 seconds 0 for disabled Default 20 seconds ...

Page 710: ...e Conference Join Timer Meetme Conf When a user initiates a Meet Me Conference use this option to set how long the system waits for the paged party to join the call Features Meet Me Conference page 236 IntraMail Features None Options 1 9999 seconds 0 for disabled Default 30 seconds 1605 03 Door Relay Unlock Timer Door Relay This timer sets the interval that the system or PGDAD Module relay remains...

Page 711: ...han this interval the system automatically cancels the programming mode and makes the telephone idle Features None IntraMail Features None Options 1 9999 seconds 0 for disabled Default 120 seconds 1605 05 Backlight Idle Timer Backlight Idle Use this option to set how long an extension must be idle before it reverts to its idle backlight brightness setting Features Station Key Telephones page 325 I...

Page 712: ...e signal is equal to or shorter than this interval the system ignores the ringing Be sure the value you enter is compatible with the local telco If you set this value too short the system may detect line spikes and anomalies as ringing If too long the system may not properly interpret a valid ringing signal Features None IntraMail Features None Options 8 2040 mS Default 104 mS 1611 02 Minimum Sing...

Page 713: ...1 1702 683 System 1001 1702 1611 03 Minimum Double Ring Detection Off Timer Double Ring Min The system uses this option to detect valid double ring from the connected PBX Valid double ring must be longer than this interval Features None IntraMail Features None Options 8 2040 mS Default 288 mS ...

Page 714: ... or PBX Centrex If this interval is set to short valid ringing will be inadvertently cut off If too long the system will leave the call set up even after ringing has stopped Features None IntraMail Features None Options 64 16320 mS Default 6016 mS 1611 06 Caller ID Detection Timer CID Detect Use this option to set the Caller ID Detection Timer With DSP based Caller ID the Caller ID Detection Timer...

Page 715: ...DP Make Timer Make Time Use this timer to set the duration of the Dial Pulse Make signal i e relay closed This is the on time in a Dial Pulse digit Set this timer for compatibility with the connected telco or PBX Centrex Keep in mind that there are three components of a Dial Pulse digit Make interval Break interval and Interdigit interval An improper setting may cause misdialing Features Central O...

Page 716: ...ts may occur Features Flash page 177 Speed Dial page 315 IntraMail Features Centrex Transfer page 460 Options 16 4080 mS Default 800 mS 1612 05 Flash Disconnect Timer Flash 2 Time This option is currently not implemented Features None IntraMail Features None Options 16 4080 mS Default 2496 mS 1612 06 Ground Start Timer Ground Time Before the system can start a ground start line the telco s tip gro...

Page 717: ...imer Dial Pulse Mute Timer for the ATRU PCB While dial pulsing or doing a Flash the ATRU PCB switches a low resistance shunt across tip and ring to maintain the correct impedance on the line When dialing or flashing is complete the ATRU PCB waits this interval before releasing the shunt This option does not apply to the COIU PCB Features None IntraMail Features None Options 4 1020 mS Default 8 mS ...

Page 718: ...the system may not properly seize a valid line Features None IntraMail Features None Options 4 1020 mS Default 800 mS 1613 02 Far End Disconnect Timer Clear Signal Use this option to set the loop disconnect interval for outside calls If the system detects a loop current inter ruption longer than this interval it assumes the telco has disconnected the line It then returns the line to idle Set this ...

Page 719: ...Recovery Detect time When the ATRU or COIU PCB recovers from a power failure it checks the power failure line for loop current for this interval If loop current is detected it assumes the power failure telephone is still connected and does not tear down the call If loop current is not detected the PCB switches the line out of the power failure mode Features None IntraMail Features None Options 64 ...

Page 720: ... pulse digits sent from analog devices connected to single line PCBs Change this value only if the con nected analog devices are set to dial at a rate other than 10 PPS Features None IntraMail Features None Options 5 1275 mS Default 10 mS 1621 02 Maximum DP Break Timer Maximum Break Use this option to define the maximum amount of time the loop must be opened to properly decode the dial pulse digit...

Page 721: ...r Minimum Make Use this option to define the minimum amount of time the loop must be closed to properly decode the dial pulse digits sent from analog devices connected to single line PCBs Change this value only if the con nected analog devices are set to dial at a rate other than 10 PPS Features None IntraMail Features None Options 5 1275 mS Default 10 mS ...

Page 722: ...mount of time the loop must be opened before the system starts to detect a transfer or hang up sequence Open loop intervals shorter than the setting are ignored by the PCB Features None IntraMail Features None Options 5 1275 mS Default 105 mS 1621 06 Maximum Hookflash Timer Maximum Flash For single line PCBs use this option to define the maximum amount of time the loop can be opened in order for t...

Page 723: ...attempting to detect any additional DP digits This timer helps prevent erroneous DP dialing due to hardware stabilization Features None IntraMail Features None Options 5 1275 mS Default 350 mS 1621 09 Off Hook Guard Time Off Hook Guard Use this option to set the interval the single line PCB waits after an analog device hangs up before accepting any additional input from the device This timer helps...

Page 724: ... used only if 1403 06 Loop Disconnect for Single Line Set page 636 is enabled in the extension s Class of Service Features None IntraMail Features None Options 50 12750 mS Default 2000 mS 1622 02 Ring MW Wait Period Time MW Period Use this option to determine the ringing sequence for the devices connected single line PCBs Because of power consumption it is not possible to ring all analog devices o...

Page 725: ...t the minimum required duration of the T1 circuit receive Dial Pulse Break signal i e relay open This is the minimum off time in a Dial Pulse digit Set this timer for compatibility with the T1 service provider Keep in mind that there are three components of a Dial Pulse digit Make interval Break interval and Interdigit interval An improper setting may cause misdialing Features T1 Lines page 338 In...

Page 726: ...tures T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 4 1020 mS Default 12 mS 1631 05 Receive Dial Pulse Maximum Make Timer Rx Max Make Use this option to set the maximum allowed duration of the T1 circuit receive Dial Pulse Make signal i e relay closed This is the maximum allowed on time in a Dial Pulse digit Set this timer for compatibility with the T1 service provider Keep in mind that there ...

Page 727: ...eceive Maximum Flash Timer Rx Max Flash Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 16 4080 mS Default 1008 mS 1631 08 Receive Minimum Clear Signal Timer Rx Min Clear Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 16 4080 mS Default 400 mS ...

Page 728: ...r Tx Make Time Use this option to set the duration of the T1 circuit transmit Dial Pulse Make signal i e relay closed This is the on time in a Dial Pulse digit Set this timer for compatibility with the T1 service provider Keep in mind that there are three components of a Dial Pulse digit Make interval Break interval and Interdigit inter val An improper setting may cause misdialing Features Central...

Page 729: ... 16 4080 mS Default 800 mS 1632 04 Transmit Flash Timer Tx Flash Time Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 16 4080 mS Default 800 mS 1632 05 Transmit Clear Signal Timer Tx Clear Time Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 16 4080 mS Default 800 mS ...

Page 730: ... Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 8 2040 mS Default 104 mS 1641 02 Single Ring Minimum Detection Timer Single Ring Min Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 8 2040 mS Default 504 mS 1641 03 Double Ring Minimum Detection Timer Double Ring Min Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 4 1020 mS ...

Page 731: ... Options 1001 1702 701 System 1001 1702 Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 4 1020 mS Default 304 mS 1641 05 Ring Stop Detection Timer Ring Stop Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 64 16320 mS Default 6016 mS ...

Page 732: ... T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 4 1020 mS Default 152 mS 1642 02 Receive Minimum Wink Timer Rx Min Wink Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 4 1020 mS Default 100 mS 1642 03 Receive Maximum Wink Timer Rx Max Wink Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 4 1020 mS Default 300 mS 1642 04 ...

Page 733: ... Specific Timers 1642 Call Control DSX Software Manual System Options 1001 1702 703 System 1001 1702 Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 4 1020 mS 0 for undefined disabled Default Undefined disabled ...

Page 734: ...be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 4 1020 mS Default 100 mS 1651 02 Transmit Digit Acknowledge Timer Tx Digit Ack Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 4 1020 mS Default 100 mS 1651 03 Transmit Answer Timer Tx Answer Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 8 2040 mS Def...

Page 735: ...ptions 16 4080 mS Default 1008 mS 1651 05 Transmit Seize Signal BZL Timer Tx Seize Signal BZL Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 8 2040 mS Default 800 mS 1651 06 Transmit Double Answer BZL Timer Tx Double Answer BZL Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 64 16320 mS Default 2048 mS ...

Page 736: ... page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 4 1020 mS Default 100 mS 1652 02 Receive Maximum Seize Acknowledge Timer Rx Max Seize Ack Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 4 1020 mS Default 300 mS 1652 03 Receive Minimum Digit Acknowledge Timer Rx Min Digit Ack Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 4 1020...

Page 737: ...in Answer Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 8 2040 mS Default 200 mS 1652 06 Receive Maximum Answer Timer Rx Max Answer Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 8 2040 mS Default 400 mS 1652 07 Receive Minimum Meter Pulse Timer Rx Min Meter Pls Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 Intr...

Page 738: ...m Double Answer BZL Timer Rx Min Dbl Answer BZL Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 64 16320 mS Default 1536 mS 1652 10 Receive Maximum Double Answer BZL Timer Rx Max Dbl Answer BZL Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 64 16320 mS Default 3008 mS 1652 11 Receive Minimum Line Block Timer Rx Min Line B...

Page 739: ... DSX Software Manual System Options 1001 1702 709 System 1001 1702 Default 2048 mS 1652 12 Receive Line Block Recover Timer Rx Line Block Recover Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 64 16320 mS Default 2048 mS ...

Page 740: ... T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 1 32 seconds Default 12 seconds 1653 02 GI Tone Complete Timer GI Tone Complete Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 1 32 seconds Default 12 seconds 1653 03 GII Signal Timer GII Signal Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 1 32 seconds Default 12 secon...

Page 741: ... Timers 165x E1 Specific Timers 1653 MFC Incoming Timers DSX Software Manual System Options 1001 1702 711 System 1001 1702 Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 50 600 mS Default 100 mS ...

Page 742: ...es T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 1 32 seconds Default 12 seconds 1654 02 GA Tone Complete Timer GA Tone Complete Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 1 32 seconds Default 12 seconds 1654 03 GB Response Timer GB Response Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 1 32 seconds Default 12 s...

Page 743: ... None Options 1 32 seconds Default 12 seconds 1654 05 GC Response Timer GC Response Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 1 32 seconds Default 12 seconds 1654 06 GC Tone Complete Timer GC Tone Complete Timer Information to be provided Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options 1 32 seconds Default 12 seconds ...

Page 744: ...s not limit the number of bins you can program in 1702 Assignment System Speed Dial Assign ment page 715 and set up under System Speed Dial keys Options 1701 01 Number of System Speed Dial Bins of Speed Dials Use this option to designate the number of digits 1 3 in a System Speed Dial bin number Features Speed Dial page 315 IntraMail Features None Options 1 for 9 10 bins numbered 1 9 2 for 99 99 b...

Page 745: ...483 Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled 21 29 for 2 digit System Speed Dial 201 299 for 3 digit System Speed Dial 2001 2999 for 4 digit System Speed Dial Default 201 299 1702 001 999 System Speed Dial Bin Type Bin Type For the Personal Speed Dial bin selected use this option to select the bin type none Intercom line or Line Group Features Directory Dialing page 131 Speed Dial page 315 IntraMail Fe...

Page 746: ...r ID and Voice Mail page 456 External Transfer page 483 Options 90 98 for Line Groups 90 98 Default No entry 1702 001 999 System Speed Dial Bin Number Bin Number Use this option to enter the System Speed Dial number normally up to 16 characters A System Speed Dial number can be up to 32 digits long however The system allows this by automatically using the next adja cent bin for entries longer than...

Page 747: ...mes 5 Times 6 Times 7 Times 8 Times 9 Times 1 1 2 A B C a b c 2 3 D E F d e f 3 4 G H I g h i 4 5 J K L j k l 5 6 M N O m n o 6 7 P Q R S p q r s 7 8 T U V t u v 8 9 W X Y Z w x y z 9 0 space 0 Not used Not used After selecting a letter press a key for another letter or wait 2 seconds for the cursor to automatically advance Additional Name Programming Options HOLD Save name SPEAKER Exit user name ...

Page 748: ...ial Assignment 718 System Options 1001 1702 DSX Software Manual Features Directory Dialing page 131 IntraMail Features Caller ID and Voice Mail page 456 External Transfer page 483 Options Alpha numeric characters 16 max See Name Programming Chart above Default None ...

Page 749: ... option to assign circuit type to station devices All circuit types should auto ID when the station device is plugged in Features Direct Station Selection DSS Console page 120 Station Key Telephones page 325 IntraMail Features None Options 00 for Undefined 01 for DSX 22 Button 02 for DSX 34 Button 03 for DSX Super Display 04 for DS 22 Button Non display 05 for DS 22 Button Display 06 for DS 34 But...

Page 750: ...red character Key 1 Time 2 Times 3 Times 4 Times 5 Times 6 Times 7 Times 8 Times 9 Times 1 1 2 A B C a b c 2 3 D E F d e f 3 4 G H I g h i 4 5 J K L j k l 5 6 M N O m n o 6 7 P Q R S p q r s 7 8 T U V t u v 8 9 W X Y Z w x y z 9 0 space 0 Not used Not used After selecting a letter press a key for another letter or wait 2 seconds for the cursor to automatically advance Additional Name Programming O...

Page 751: ...re Manual Station Options 2101 2501 721 Station 2101 2501 CHECK Restore the previous entry Name Programming Chart Press a key the indicated number of times for desired character Key 1 Time 2 Times 3 Times 4 Times 5 Times 6 Times 7 Times 8 Times 9 Times ...

Page 752: ...from the keyset using the soft keys Features Language Selection page 217 IntraMail Features None Options 1 for English 2 for Spanish Default 1 2101 04 Door Chime Selection Door Chime If the extension is a Door Box use this option to select the door chime type Features Door Box page 147 Paging page 259 IntraMail Features None Options 0 for normal Ring Group ringing 1 for chime 1 low pitch 2 for chi...

Page 753: ...ing It is not used in North America The allowable entries are 0 9 and 4 digits By default there is no outgoing ANI data entered Features None IntraMail Features None Options Digits 4 digits max using 0 9 and Default No entry 2101 06 Door Relay Assignment Door Relay If the extension is a Door Box use this option to assign the Door Box relay This option only applies to DSX 40 Features Door Box page ...

Page 754: ... Service page 628 IntraMail Features None Options 1 15 Default 1 for the attendant extension 300 2 for all other extensions Default 2102 02 Station Toll Level Day Toll Level Day Use this option to assign an extension s Toll Level during the day mode Features Toll Restriction page 351 IntraMail Features None Options 1 7 for Toll Restriction levels 1 7 0 for no restriction Default 0 2102 03 Station ...

Page 755: ... Forwarding page 44 Extension Locking page 166 Names for Extensions and Lines page 249 User Programmable Features page 368 IntraMail Features None Options 1 5 Default 5 for the operator extension 300 3 for all other extensions 2102 05 Station PIN Code PIN Code Use this option to assign a PIN code to an extension The PIN code is used for both Extension Locking and Walking Class of Service Features ...

Page 756: ...e follows the setting for the line in 3113 02 Day Ring Type 1 for ring type A 2 for ring type B 3 for ring type C Default 0 2103 02 Night Ring Type Night Ring Type Use this option to set the Extension Override Ring Type option for night ring lines ringing the extension This is the same as following the ASSIGN ASGN soft key If this option is 0 Standard Group the setting you make in this option will...

Page 757: ...ng Tone For the station s incoming Intercom ringing use this option to select the Distinctive Ringing ring tone used Features Distinctive Ringing page 135 IntraMail Features None Options 0 9 for ring tones 0 9 Default 1 2103 05 Station s Ring Group Ring Tone Group Ring Tone For the station s incoming Ring Group ringing use this option to select the Distinctive Ringing ring tone used Features Disti...

Page 758: ... ring tones 0 9 Default 2 2103 08 Station s Ring B Tone Type B Ring Tone For the station s type B incoming ring use this option to select the Distinctive Ringing ring tone used Features Distinctive Ringing page 135 IntraMail Features None Options 0 9 for ring tones 0 9 Default 5 2103 09 Station s Ring C Tone Type B Ring Tone For the station s type C incoming ring use this option to select the Dist...

Page 759: ...Telephones page 325 IntraMail Features None Options 0 for backlight off 1 8 for relative brightness settings 1 8 Default 8 2104 02 Backlight Brightness While Idle Idle Brightness Use this option to set the telephone s backlight brightness while it is idle Features Station Key Telephones page 325 IntraMail Features None Options 0 for backlight off 1 8 for relative brightness settings 1 8 Default 2 ...

Page 760: ...21xx Configuration 210x Setup 2104 Display 730 Station Options 2101 2501 DSX Software Manual ...

Page 761: ...isturb at the extension Features Do Not Disturb page 143 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Enabled 2111 02 Allow Background Music Allow BGM Use this option to enable or disable Background Music at the extension Features Background Music page 34 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Enabled 2111 03 Enable DSS BLF Keys BLF L...

Page 762: ...strict calls on loop keys Features Feature Keys page 169 Line Keys page 227 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Enabled 2111 06 Line Dial Up Line Dial Up Use this option to enable or disable an extension s ability to use Line Dial Up Features Central Office Calls Placing page 78 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default No 0 Disabled ...

Page 763: ...g Machine Answering Machine For systems without voice mail that are using a customer provided answering machine use this option to designate the extension as an Answering Machine This will cause any outside call picked up by the answer ing machine not to be marked as answered in the Caller ID log Features Caller ID Logging page 68 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default...

Page 764: ... Personal SPD Use this option to enable or disable Personal Speed Dial for the extension If the extension has this option disabled Call Forwarding Off Premises is not available Features Call Forwarding Off Premises page 51 Speed Dial page 315 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Enabled ...

Page 765: ...ge 30 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Enabled 2112 02 Headset Mode Headset Use this option to enable or disable the headset mode for the extension Features Group Listen page 187 Headset Compatibility page 198 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default No 0 Disabled 2112 03 Voice Announcements Through Speaker Voice Announce Use this...

Page 766: ...21xx Configuration 211x Options 2112 Speaker Control 736 Station Options 2101 2501 DSX Software Manual Yes 1 Enabled Default No 0 Disabled ...

Page 767: ...dset Compatibility page 198 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Enabled 2112 05 Handsfree Reply Handsfree Answerback Handsfree Reply Use this option to enable or disable Handsfree reply Handsfree Answerback for the extension Features Handsfree and Handsfree Answerback page 195 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Enabled 21...

Page 768: ...up Dial 9 Group Assign the line group 90 98 the extension accesses when the user dials 9 for an outside line or presses a Switched Loop key Features Central Office Calls Placing page 78 Line Group Routing page 223 IntraMail Features None Options 90 98 for Line Groups 90 98 Default 90 2113 02 Ring Group Ring Group Use this option to designate to which Ring Group the extension or Door Box belongs Fe...

Page 769: ...Manual Station Options 2101 2501 739 Station 2101 2501 2113 03 Pickup Group Pickup Group Use this option to assign the extension to a Pickup Group Features Group Call Pickup page 184 IntraMail Features None Options 1 8 pickup groups 1 8 0 unassigned Default 0 ...

Page 770: ...n to a Privacy Release Group Features Privacy Release Groups page 278 IntraMail Features None Options 1 16 for Privacy Release Groups 1 16 0 for unassigned Default 0 2113 05 Page Group Zone Page Group Use this option to assign the extension to a page zone Features Paging page 259 IntraMail Features None Options 1 7 for Paging Groups 1 7 0 for All Call only Default 1 ...

Page 771: ... line 3 for Line Group Default 1 for key 2114 01 Prime Line Key Prime Line Key If 2114 01 Prime Line Type is set for key 1 use this option to select the key assigned as the extension s Prime Line Features Direct Station Selection DSS page 117 Prime Line Preference page 274 IntraMail Features None Options 1 24 Feature Keys 1 24 00 for Intercom Prime Line Default 00 for Intercom Prime Line 2114 01 P...

Page 772: ...f 2114 01 Prime Line Type is set for line 3 use this option to select the Line Group the extension seizes when the user lifts the handset The line does not have to be on a Feature Key appearing on the phone Also use this option to set up Prime Line for single line telephones Features Prime Line Preference page 274 IntraMail Features None Options 90 98 Line Groups 90 98 Default 90 ...

Page 773: ...own destination Depending on the setting of 2114 02 Sta tion Ring Down Type the destination can be an extension a UCD or Ring Group master number the voice mail master number or a Speed Dial bin The Ringdown destination cannot be an outside line Also use this option to designate the extension associated with the cordless telephone base unit Desk button Features Cordless Telephone page 94 Ringdown ...

Page 774: ...ware Manual 2114 03 Station s Operator Extension Number Operator Ext Assign the extension s operator This is the co worker the extension user reaches when they dial 0 Features Attendant Position page 24 IntraMail Features None Options Extension number None Entered by pressing CLEAR Default 300 ...

Page 775: ...3 01 Transfer Recall Timer This timer sets how long an outside call waits at a busy member extension It also sets how long a call rings each member extension as it cycles through the group 1601 02 DIL No Answer Timer This timer sets how long a DIL rings its destination member exten sion before cycling through the group Terminal Hunting Programming for 301 and 303 2115 01 Hunt Type Enter the same H...

Page 776: ...ext extension in the Circular or Terminal Hunt Group Features Extension Hunting page 154 IntraMail Features Extension Hunting to Voice Mail page 478 Options Extension number 0 999 None entered by pressing CLEAR Default None 2115 01 UCD Group Master Number Hunt Master For type 5 hunting only use this option to assign the hunt group UCD Hunting Programming for 301 303 and 304 with master 701 2115 01...

Page 777: ...ng and Overflow Options DSX Software Manual Station Options 2101 2501 747 Station 2101 2501 Features Extension Hunting page 154 IntraMail Features None Options 700 UCD Group 1 through 707 UCD Group 8 None entered by pressing CLEAR Default None ...

Page 778: ...usy in Do Not Disturb or is unanswered Default 0 2115 02 DID Station Intercept Destination DID Intercept Destination Use this option to set the extension s DID Intercept destination When DID Intercept occurs the incoming DID call routes to the destination specified in this option The destination can be an extension a UCD or Ring Group master number or the voice mail master number For Ring No Answe...

Page 779: ...g Call Waiting beeps and Voice Over Features Call Waiting Camp On page 58 Off Hook Signaling page 255 Voice Over page 385 IntraMail Features None Options 0 for no signaling 1 for Camp On 2 for Voice Over Default 1 2116 02 Off Hook Signaling for Calls from Hotline Partner OHS Hotline Use this option to assign an extension s Off Hook Signaling options for calls from the Hotline partner Refer to Call...

Page 780: ...ert the operator when outside calls are waiting assign an extension s Off Hook Signaling options for outside calls no Off Hook Signaling Call Wait beeps over speaker or Off hook ringing Features Attendant Position page 24 Caller ID page 63 Off Hook Signaling page 255 IntraMail Features None Options 0 for no Off Hook Signaling 1 for Call Wait beeps over the telephone speaker 2 for Off hook ringing ...

Page 781: ...oup With per sonal logging an extension s records are stored on their phone With group logging all extensions within the same Caller ID logging group share the same records If the number of records is exceeded at the extension or in a group new call records overwrite old call records FIFO or first in first out Features Caller ID Logging page 68 IntraMail Features None Options 0 for none 1 for pers...

Page 782: ...01 DSX Software Manual 2117 01 Caller ID Log Group CID Log Group If 2117 01 Caller ID Log Type is 2 group use this option to specify to which Caller ID Logging Group the extension belongs Features Caller ID Logging page 68 IntraMail Features None Options 1 8 Caller ID Logging Group 1 8 Default 1 ...

Page 783: ...gnate a Feature Key as undefined no function 00 N A Loop Key Switched page 233 Use this option to assign a Feature Key as a Switched Loop key 01 Press the key to place or answer call Busy Lamp Field BLF Off Loop key idle On green You are busy on a loop key call Slow Flash Line is ringing Loop Key Fixed page 233 Use this option to assign a Feature Key as a Fixed Loop key 02 nn Line Group 90 98 Busy...

Page 784: ...is option to assign a Feature Key as a lamp only no ring Call Coverage Key 07 nnn extension number Press key to call cov ered extension or pick up ringing call Busy Lamp Field BLF Off Covered extension is idle On Covered extension is busy Fast Flash Covered extension is in Do Not Disturb Slow Flash Covered extension is ringing Call Coverage Delay Ring page 40 Use this option to assign a Feature Ke...

Page 785: ...s a System Speed Dial key You assign the key to specific System Speed Dial bin There is no BLF for this key type 14 nnn bin 001 999 Press key to dial stored number Personal Speed Dial page 315 Use this option to assign a Feature Key as a Personal Speed Dial key You assign the key to a specific Personal Speed Dial bin There is no BLF for this key type 15 nnn bin 1 20 Press key to dial stored number...

Page 786: ...for more Intercom Directory Dialing page 131 Use this option to assign a programmable key as an Intercom Directory Dialing key 21 Press key to access Intercom Directory Dialing Busy Lamp Field BLF On Intercom Directory Dialing is active being used Off Intercom Directory Dialing is inactive off Reverse Voice Over Key page 289 Use this option to assign a Feature Key as a Reverse Voice Over key 23 nn...

Page 787: ...ount Code mode or not entering Account Codes Fast Flash In the Account Code entry mode On On a call for which the user has entered an Account Code Call Forwarding page 44 Use this option to assign a Feature Key as a Call Forwarding key 27 Press key instead of pressing INTER COM and dialing 3 Busy Lamp Field BLF Off Extension not call forwarded or in the Call Forwarding setup mode Fast Flash In the...

Page 788: ...X 40 keys 1 8 are line keys for lines 1 8 and keys 9 24 are undefined For attendants Key 12 on 22 button or key 24 on 34 button is an Operator Call Key 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Data Key xx Data Use this option to enter the data if any associated with a Feature Key code Refer to Extension Feature Key Assignments page 753 for the specifics Features Refer to Extension Feature Key Assignments page 75...

Page 789: ...at the extension station If programming multiple extensions you may find 9021 Station Copy page 921 a handy time saving tool Options 2122 01 to 24 Key Ring Override Key xx Ring Use this option to set up Key Ring Override from system programming Features Distinctive Ringing page 135 IntraMail Features None Options 0 for line follows the setting for the line in 3113 03 Night Ring Type 1 for ring typ...

Page 790: ... 2123 01 24 DSS BLF Key Assignments Key xx Type Use this option to program an extension s DSS keys Feature Keys automatically become DSS keys when the user press INTERCOM While in the DSS mode the extension has one button Intercom access and a Busy Lamp Field for the assigned co worker By default BLF keys are undefined Features Direct Station Selection DSS page 117 IntraMail Features None Options ...

Page 791: ...nitions and the related programming codes When an extension s soft keys are customized the user must take some action at the telephone such as lifting and replacing the handset before the change takes effect Features Programmable Idle Menu Soft Keys Super Display page 282 IntraMail Features None Options See the following charts Default See the following charts Super Display Telephone Default Idle ...

Page 792: ...t key also shows the number of new messages in your mailbox 07 CALLS Press to review your Caller ID log This soft key also shows the num ber of new calls you have not yet reviewed 08 PAGE Press to initiate a Page announcement 09 SP DIAL 1 Press to access Personal Speed Dial bins 701 710 The display shows the Speed Dial numbers or names if programmed 10 SP DIAL 2 Press to access Personal Speed Dial...

Page 793: ...tension s access options for lines no access incoming only outgoing only or full access Features Central Office Calls Answering page 74 Central Office Calls Placing page 78 Direct Inward Line page 109 Forced Line Disconnect page 182 Group Call Pickup page 184 Last Number Redial page 219 Line Group Routing page 223 Line Groups page 225 Line Keys page 227 Loop Keys page 233 Privacy Release Groups pa...

Page 794: ...ringing assignments for lines lamp only day and night ringing night ringing only and delay ringing day and night Features Central Office Calls Answering page 74 Delayed Ringing page 95 Group Call Pickup page 184 Key Ring page 214 Line Keys page 227 Loop Keys page 233 Night Service Night Ring page 252 Private Line page 280 IntraMail Features None Options 0 for lamp only no ringing day and night 1 f...

Page 795: ...e Groups 90 98 If programming multiple extensions you may find 9021 Station Copy page 921 a handy time saving tool Options 2133 01 64 Line Group Access xx Group xx Access Use this option to enable or disable the extension s outgoing access to each Line Group 90 98 Features Line Group Routing page 223 Line Groups page 225 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Ena...

Page 796: ...e The mailbox can be either a personal mailbox assigned just to the extension or a group mailbox shared by all members of the extension s Ring Group An exten sion s mailbox is not accessible when it is disabled even though its stored messages and configuration are retained in memory If disabled a user pressing V MAIL will initiate a remote logon and be asked to enter their mailbox number A voice p...

Page 797: ...sages are being recorded it may be possible to temporarily receive more than the maximum number of messages Features None IntraMail Features Message Storage Limit page 548 Options 1 99 messages Default 20 2142 02 Message Retention Msg Retention Use this option to determine how long a Subscriber Mailbox will retain saved messages If a message is left in a Subscriber Mailbox longer than this interva...

Page 798: ...e Prompts Use this option to set the Station Mailbox voice prompt language You can choose either the Primary Lan guage or the Secondary Language To activate a different primary or Secondary Language see 4203 Voice Prompts Active System Voice Prompt Languages page 879 Features None IntraMail Features Bilingual Voice Prompts page 443 Options 1 for Primary Language 2 for Secondary Language Default 1 ...

Page 799: ... 02 Auto Erase Save of Messages Auto Erase Save Use this option to determine what happens when a Subscriber Mailbox user completely listens to a new mes sage and then exits their mailbox without either saving SA or erasing E the message Depending on the setting of this option IntraMail will either automatically save or erase the message If the mailbox user hangs up before listening to the entire n...

Page 800: ...21xx Configuration 214x IntraMail Station Mailbox 2143 Options 770 Station Options 2101 2501 DSX Software Manual Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default No 0 Disabled ...

Page 801: ...age 574 Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Enabled 2143 05 Recording Conversation Beep Rec Conv Beep Use this option to enable or disable the Conversation Record beep If enabled all parties on a call will hear the voice prompt Recording followed by a beep when the extension user initiates Conversation Record If disabled the voice prompt will not occur When you disable the Conversati...

Page 802: ...7 Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default No 0 Disabled 2144 02 Forced Unscreened Transfer Force UTRF Use this option to enable or disable Automated Attendant Forced Unscreened Transfer for the Subscriber Mailbox If enabled each Screened Transfer STRF to the extension is converted to an Unscreened Transfer UTRF If disabled Screened Transfers from the Automated Attendant occur normally Features...

Page 803: ...Station Mailbox 2144 Auto Attendant Automated Attendant DSX Software Manual Station Options 2101 2501 773 Station 2101 2501 IntraMail Features Next Call Routing Mailbox page 552 Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default No 0 Disabled ...

Page 804: ...Lis tening to a Subscriber Mailbox Greeting page 552 For an explanation of the options a caller can dial while recording see Record and Send a Message page 562 Features None IntraMail Features Next Call Routing Mailbox page 552 Options 1 16 for Routing Mailboxes 1 16 0 for undefined Default 1 2144 05 Directory List Number Directory List Use this option to specify the Directory List to which the Su...

Page 805: ...ne Group Features Directory Dialing page 131 Speed Dial page 315 IntraMail Features None Options 0 for none 1 for Intercom 2 for line 3 for Line Group 4 for Extend i e the second bin of a chained number Default 0 2151 01 20 Personal Speed Dial Bin Line xx Bin xx Line For a type 2 line Personal Speed Dial bin use this option to select the line 1 64 the bin will use for an outgoing call Features Cal...

Page 806: ...ed Dial number normally up to 16 characters A Personal Speed Dial number can be up to 32 digits long however The system allows this by automatically using the next adjacent bin for entries longer than 16 digits Flash Wait and Pause commands count as a digit Features Call Forwarding Off Premises page 51 Directory Dialing page 131 Speed Dial page 315 IntraMail Features None Options Numbers 16 max wi...

Page 807: ... 3 Times 4 Times 5 Times 6 Times 7 Times 8 Times 9 Times 1 1 2 A B C a b c 2 3 D E F d e f 3 4 G H I g h i 4 5 J K L j k l 5 6 M N O m n o 6 7 P Q R S p q r s 7 8 T U V t u v 8 9 W X Y Z w x y z 9 0 space 0 Not used Not used After selecting a letter press a key for another letter or wait 2 seconds for the cursor to automatically advance Additional Name Programming Options HOLD Save name SPEAKER Ex...

Page 808: ...sonal Speed Dial Bin Assignment 778 Station Options 2101 2501 DSX Software Manual Features Call Forwarding Off Premises page 51 Directory Dialing page 131 IntraMail Features None Options Alpha numeric characters 16 max See Name Programming Chart above Default None ...

Page 809: ...red character Key 1 Time 2 Times 3 Times 4 Times 5 Times 6 Times 7 Times 8 Times 9 Times 1 1 2 A B C a b c 2 3 D E F d e f 3 4 G H I g h i 4 5 J K L j k l 5 6 M N O m n o 6 7 P Q R S p q r s 7 8 T U V t u v 8 9 W X Y Z w x y z 9 0 space 0 Not used Not used After selecting a letter press a key for another letter or wait 2 seconds for the cursor to automatically advance Additional Name Programming O...

Page 810: ...ve 2201 02 Ring Group Incoming Ring Type Ring Type Use this option to assign a ring type to calls ringing the Ring Group master number When an extension in the Ring Group rings it uses the ring type specified in this option Features Distinctive Ringing page 135 IntraMail Features None Options 0 for Standard the system s default ringing for Ring Group calls which cannot be customized 1 for ring typ...

Page 811: ...he Ring Group Mailbox type Subscriber or Routing Features None IntraMail Features Group Mailbox page 497 Options 0 for none 1 of Subscriber 2 for Routing as specified in 2211 01 Routing Mailbox Number below Default 1 2211 01 Routing Mailbox Number Routing MBox If 2211 01 Mailbox Type is set to 2 Routing use this option to specify the Routing Mailbox the system will use for the Ring Group Mailbox F...

Page 812: ... Limit page 548 Options 1 99 messages Default 20 2212 02 Message Retention Msg Retention Use this option to determine how long a Subscriber Mailbox will retain saved messages If a message is left in a Subscriber Mailbox longer than this interval IntraMail deletes it Features None IntraMail Features Group Mailbox page 497 Message Retention page 547 Options 1 99 days 0 for indefinite Default 0 2212 ...

Page 813: ...guage Voice Prompts Use this option to set the Ring Group Mailbox voice prompt language You can choose either the Primary Language or the Secondary Language To activate a different primary or Secondary Language see 4203 Voice Prompts Active System Voice Prompt Languages page 879 Features None IntraMail Features Bilingual Voice Prompts page 443 Options 1 for Primary Language 2 for Secondary Languag...

Page 814: ... IntraMail Features Group Mailbox page 497 Message Playback Direction page 543 Options 1 for LIFO 2 for FIFO Default 1 2213 02 Auto Erase Save of Messages Auto Save Erase Use this option to determine what happens when a Subscriber Mailbox user completely listens to a new mes sage and then exits their mailbox without either saving SA or erasing E the message Depending on the setting of this option ...

Page 815: ...il Features Auto Time Stamp page 431 Group Mailbox page 497 Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default No 0 Disabled 2213 04 Message Waiting Lamp MW Lamp Use this option to enable or disable Message Waiting lamping at the extension associated with the Sub scriber mailbox For Subscriber Mailboxes you should leave this option enabled For Guest Mailboxes you should leave this option disabled Disabli...

Page 816: ...tension user initiates Conversation Record If disabled the voice prompt will not occur When you disable the Conversation Record beep the following voice prompts do not occur while IntraMail records the conversation Recording followed by a beep That mailbox is full if the mailbox message storage capacity is reached You have reached the recording limit if the recorded message is too long Features No...

Page 817: ... route directly to the mailbox hear the greeting and be asked to leave a message Features None IntraMail Features Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb page 427 Group Mailbox page 497 Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default No 0 Disabled 2214 02 Forced Unscreened Transfer Force UTRF Use this option to enable or disable Automated Attendant Forced Unscreened Transfer for the Subscriber Mailbox If enable...

Page 818: ...e 552 Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default No 0 Disabled 2214 04 Next Call Routing Mailbox Next CRMB Use this option to assign a Next Call Routing Mailbox to the Subscriber Mailbox This provides callers with additional dialing options while listening to a Subscriber Mailbox recorded or default greeting The digits the caller can dial depends on the setting of the Next Call Routing Mailbox an...

Page 819: ... List to which the Subscriber Mailbox belongs When setting up Directory Dialing Mailboxes you must specify which Directory List you want the Directory Dialing Mail box to use The Directory Dialing Mailbox can only call Subscriber Mailboxes that belong to the list it is programmed to use Features None IntraMail Features Directory Dialing page 469 Group Mailbox page 497 Options 1 8 for Directory Lis...

Page 820: ...r Key 1 Time 2 Times 3 Times 4 Times 5 Times 6 Times 7 Times 8 Times 9 Times 1 1 2 A B C a b c 2 3 D E F d e f 3 4 G H I g h i 4 5 J K L j k l 5 6 M N O m n o 6 7 P Q R S p q r s 7 8 T U V t u v 8 9 W X Y Z w x y z 9 0 space 0 Not used Not used After selecting a letter press a key for another letter or wait 2 seconds for the cursor to automatically advance Additional Name Programming Options HOLD ...

Page 821: ...ove 2301 02 UCD Group Incoming Ring Type Ring Type Use this option to assign a ring type to calls ringing the UCD Group master number When an extension in the UCD Group rings it uses the ring type specified in this option Features Distinctive Ringing page 135 IntraMail Features None Options 0 for Standard the system s default ringing for UCD Group calls which cannot be customized 1 for ring type A...

Page 822: ...flow destination Options 2302 01 UCD Group Overflow Destination Overflow Dest Use this option to assign the UCD Group overflow destination Features Extension Hunting page 154 Voice Mail page 372 Features None Options Extension number UCD Group master number 700 707 Voice mail master number 700 Ring Group master number 600 607 None by pressing CLEAR Default None ...

Page 823: ... Mailbox type Subscriber or Routing Features None IntraMail Features Group Mailbox page 497 Options 0 for none 1 of Subscriber 2 for Routing as specified in 2311 01 UCD Group Routing Mailbox Number below Default 1 2311 01 UCD Group Routing Mailbox Number Routing Mailbox If 2311 01 UCD Group Mailbox Type is set to 2 Routing use this option to specify the Routing Mailbox the system will use for the ...

Page 824: ...Limit page 548 Options 1 99 messages Default 20 2312 02 Message Retention Msg Retention Use this option to determine how long a Subscriber Mailbox will retain saved messages If a message is left in a Subscriber Mailbox longer than this interval IntraMail deletes it Features None IntraMail Features Group Mailbox page 497 Message Retention page 547 Options 1 99 days 0 for indefinite Default 0 2312 0...

Page 825: ...uage Voice Prompts Use this option to set the UCD Group Mailbox voice prompt language You can choose either the Primary Language or the Secondary Language To activate a different primary or Secondary Language see 4203 Voice Prompts Active System Voice Prompt Languages page 879 Features None IntraMail Features Bilingual Voice Prompts page 443 Options 1 for Primary Language 2 for Secondary Language ...

Page 826: ...ption to determine what happens when a Subscriber Mailbox user completely listens to a new mes sage and then exits their mailbox without either saving SA or erasing E the message Depending on the setting of this option IntraMail will either automatically save or erase the message If the mailbox user hangs up before listening to the entire new message IntraMail retains the message as a new message ...

Page 827: ...ilbox page 574 Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Enabled 2313 05 Recording Conversation Beep Rec Conv Beep Use this option to enable or disable the Conversation Record beep If enabled all parties on a call will hear the voice prompt Recording followed by a beep when the extension user initiates Conversation Record If disabled the voice prompt will not occur When you disable the Con...

Page 828: ...Enabled Default No 0 Disabled 2314 02 Forced Unscreened Transfer Force UTRF Use this option to enable or disable Automated Attendant Forced Unscreened Transfer for the Subscriber Mailbox If enabled each Screened Transfer STRF to the mailbox is converted to an Unscreened Transfer UTRF If disabled Screened Transfers from the Automated Attendant occur normally Features None IntraMail Features Forced ...

Page 829: ... of these two programs turn to Dialing Options While Lis tening to a Subscriber Mailbox Greeting page 552 For an explanation of the options a caller can dial while recording see Record and Send a Message page 562 Features None IntraMail Features Group Mailbox page 497 Next Call Routing Mailbox page 552 Options 1 16 for Routing Mailboxes 1 16 0 for undefined Default 0 2314 05 Directory List Number ...

Page 830: ...cription Use this program to designate an owner for each DSS Console Options 2401 01 DSS Owner DSS Owner For each DSS Console use this option to assign the console owner The owner is the keyset using the DSS Console A DSS Console can only have one owner Features None IntraMail Features Direct Station Selection DSS Console page 120 Options Extension using 0 999 Default 300 for console 1 ...

Page 831: ...Console Feature Key Assignments page 802 for the specifics Features Refer to Direct Station Selection DSS Console page 120 IntraMail Features None Options Refer to DSS Console Feature Key Assignments page 802 Default 2402 01 60 DSS Console Key Data Key xx Data Use this option to enter the data if any associated with a Feature Key code Refer to DSS Console Feature Key Assignments page 802 for the s...

Page 832: ...idle On Orbit is holding a parked call Wink On Orbit is holding a call you parked Hotline page 207 Use this option to assign a Feature Key as a Hotline key You cannot set up a hotline for an outside line A DSS Console can also have a Hotline key for a line e g 101 However this capability requires that Direct Line Access be enabled for the extension See Direct Line Access page 115 for more 05 nnn e...

Page 833: ...an immediately ringing Group Call Pickup key 09 nn Pickup Group 01 16 Press key to answer call ringing Pickup Group Busy Lamp Field BLF Off No call is ringing the pickup group Slow Flash A call is ringing the pickup group Group Pickup No Ring page 184 Use this option to assign a Feature Key as a lamp only no ring Group Call Pickup key 10 nn Pickup Group 01 16 Press key to answer call ringing Picku...

Page 834: ...ion Record is off Fast Flash Conversation Record is on Night page 252 Use this option to assign a Feature Key as a Night key There are two options System Night key and UCD Night key The System Night key puts all Key Ring lines and lines terminated to Ring Group master numbers into the night mode The UCD Night key puts all lines terminated to the UCD Group master number into the night mode 18 CLEAR...

Page 835: ... Code key 26 1 Place or answer out side call 2 Press key 3 Enter Account Code 4 Press key to return to the call Busy Lamp Field BLF Off Not in Account Code mode or not entering Account Codes Fast Flash In the Account Code entry mode On On a call for which the user has entered an Account Code Call Forwarding page 44 Use this option to assign a Feature Key as a Call Forwarding key 27 Press key inste...

Page 836: ...f the text portion to improve readability In the table below the X characters reserve space for user entered digits Features Selectable Display Messaging page 300 IntraMail Features None Options See the Name Programming Chart page 807 Default Option Default Message 01 CALL plus 13 user entries Message 02 BACK BY plus 10 user entries Message 03 MEETING IN ROOM plus 2 user entries Message 04 OUT TO ...

Page 837: ...f 3 4 G H I g h i 4 5 J K L j k l 5 6 M N O m n o 6 7 P Q R S p q r s 7 8 T U V t u v 8 9 W X Y Z w x y z 9 0 space 0 Not used Not used After selecting a letter press a key for another letter or wait 2 seconds for the cursor to automatically advance Additional Name Programming Options HOLD Save name SPEAKER Exit user name programming Volume Up Scroll the cursor to the right Volume Down Scroll the ...

Page 838: ...25xx Text Messages Selectable Display Messaging 250x Setup 2501 Text 808 Station Options 2101 2501 DSX Software Manual ...

Page 839: ...ing tool Options 3101 01 Line Type Type Use this option to set the line s circuit type for compatibility with the connected telco or PBX Features Central Office Calls Answering page 74 Central Office Calls Placing page 78 Direct Inward Dialing page 99 Direct Inward Line page 109 Pulse to Tone Conversion page 285 T1 Lines page 338 Tie Lines page 344 IntraMail Features None Options 00 for uninstalle...

Page 840: ...5 Times 6 Times 7 Times 8 Times 9 Times 1 1 2 A B C a b c 2 3 D E F d e f 3 4 G H I g h i 4 5 J K L j k l 5 6 M N O m n o 6 7 P Q R S p q r s 7 8 T U V t u v 8 9 W X Y Z w x y z 9 0 space 0 Not used Not used After selecting a letter press a key for another letter or wait 2 seconds for the cursor to automatically advance Additional Name Programming Options HOLD Save name SPEAKER Exit user name prog...

Page 841: ... Options No 0 Dial Pulse Yes 1 DTMF Default Yes 1 DTMF 3101 04 PBX Line PBX Line Use this option to designate a line as a PBX line Enable this option if the line connects to a PBX instead of the telco Features PBX Centrex Compatibility page 270 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default No 0 Disabled 3101 05 E1 Signaling Type E1 Signaling For E1 lines only use this option ...

Page 842: ...5 8 for Brazil 6 Default 0 3101 06 MFC Signaling Type MFC Signaling For E1 lines only use this option to specify the MFC Dialing Type Features N A IntraMail Features None Options 0 for MFC not used 1 for ITU 2 for Argentina 3 for Brazil 4 for Chile 5 for Columbia 6 for Mexico 7 for Venezuela Default 0 ...

Page 843: ...s option to assign the line s Class of Service Features See the Features for each option in 14xx COS Class of Service page 628 Tie Lines page 344 IntraMail Features None Options 1 15 Default 1 3102 02 Line Toll Level COS Level Use this option to set the toll level for the line If this toll level is higher than the extension s toll level it may cause additional dialing restrictions If it is lower i...

Page 844: ...is applied to each line seizure Features Central Office Calls Answering page 74 Central Office Calls Placing page 78 IntraMail Features None Options 0 30 0 dB to 30 dB gain in 5 dB steps 31 60 5 dB loss to 15 dB loss in 5 dB steps Default 0 3103 02 Receive Gain Receive Gain Use this option to set the line s receive gain This gain setting allows you to compensate for the receive gain characteristic...

Page 845: ...on for normal installations Use the short option only when the system is very close to the central office or behind a PBX Use the long option when the loop length is abnormally long Set this option for optimal speakerphone performance Features Central Office Calls Answering page 74 Central Office Calls Placing page 78 IntraMail Features None Options 0 for default normal 1 for short loop 2 for long...

Page 846: ... forwarding Intercom calls off premises When this option is disabled N the system will immediately route a line ringing an OPX Call Forwarded extension to Key Ring It will not attempt to reroute the call Features Call Forwarding Off Premises page 51 Tandem Calls Unsupervised Conference page 341 IntraMail Features Centrex Transfer page 460 External Transfer page 483 Make Call page 525 Options No 0 ...

Page 847: ...des for the line If disabled the system will enforce Forced Account Codes for the line Features Account Codes page 14 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default No 0 Disabled 3111 02 Override Extension s Toll Level Override Ext Toll Use this option to release the Toll Restriction on a line If enabled any user can dial any number on the line without restriction Features Tol...

Page 848: ...will access when they dial a line access code or press a loop key If enabled the system buffers the user dialed digits and dials them on the line when the user has completed dialing If disabled manually dialed digits output on the line as the user dials them You should enable store and forward for every line in accessed line group Features Central Office Calls Placing page 78 IntraMail Features No...

Page 849: ...ng page 214 Voice Mail page 372 IntraMail Features Answer Tables page 420 Automated Attendant page 433 Voice Mail Overflow page 590 Options Extension number 0 999 UCD Group master number 700 707 Voice mail master number 700 Ring Group master number 600 607 Key Ring entered by pressing CLEAR Default Key Ring 3112 02 Enable Day Overflow Day Overflow Use this option to enable or disable day mode over...

Page 850: ...e this option to set the night termination answering point for the line If the line is a Direct Inward Line it rings the answering point directly at night Features Direct Inward Line page 109 Group Ring page 189 Key Ring page 214 Voice Mail page 372 IntraMail Features Automated Attendant page 433 Instruction Menu page 507 Voice Mail Overflow page 590 Options Extension number 0 999 UCD Group master...

Page 851: ...fl Destination Use this option to set the overflow destination for night mode calls including DILs The destination can be an extension UCD Group master number voice mail master number Ring Group master number or Key Ring by pressing CLEAR Features Direct Inward Dialing page 99 Direct Inward Line page 109 Group Ring page 189 Key Ring page 214 Voice Mail page 372 IntraMail Features Voice Mail Overfl...

Page 852: ...all on the line ring all the extensions in the assigned pickup group Features Group Call Pickup page 184 IntraMail Features None Options 1 8 pickup groups 1 8 0 unassigned Default 0 3113 02 Day Ring Type Day Ring Type Use this option to assign a ring type A B or C for the line s day ringing When the line rings an extension in the day ring mode it uses the ring type specified in this option Feature...

Page 853: ...his option to assign a ring type A B or C for the line s night ringing When the line rings an extension in the night ring mode it uses the ring type specified in this option Features Distinctive Ringing page 135 IntraMail Features None Options 0 for standard non customizable system default 1 for ring type A 2 for ring type B 3 for ring type C Default 1 ...

Page 854: ...on to assign a ring type A B or C for the line s delay ringing When the line rings an exten sion in the delay ring mode it uses the ring type specified in this option Features Distinctive Ringing page 135 IntraMail Features None Options 0 for standard non customizable system default 1 for ring type A 2 for ring type B 3 for ring type C Default 1 ...

Page 855: ...3121 02 ANI DNIS Format ANI DNIS Format Use this option to specify the type of ANI DNIS Caller ID data provided by T1 lines Set this option for com patibility with the incoming ANI DNIS data provided by the local telco When entering data the options are Features Caller ID page 63 T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features Caller ID and Voice Mail page 456 Make Call page 525 ANI DNIS Data Format Option D...

Page 856: ...Always set this option for compatibility with the incoming ANI DNIS data provided by the local telco Features T1 Lines page 338 IntraMail Features None Options Digit 0 9 or single digit entry Default 3121 04 Number of ANI Digits ANI Digits For ANI DNIS format option 1 see 3121 02 ANI DNIS Format above use this option to specify the num ber of digits in the ANI number This is required for option 1 ...

Page 857: ...y find 9022 Line Copy page 923 a handy time saving tool Options 3122 01 08 Caller ID Group Membership xx CID Group x Use this option to indicate into which Caller ID Logging Group the line should log its calls The line can be a member of any or all groups Features Caller ID Logging page 68 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Logging disabled for selected group Yes 1 Logging enabled for selected g...

Page 858: ...ice mail This will occur for example if the line is a DIL terminated to the voice mail master number If disabled the line will not provide Caller ID data to voice mail If you enable this option you must also enable Caller ID in 3121 01 Caller ID Type page 825 Features Caller ID page 63 IntraMail Features Caller ID and Voice Mail page 456 Make Call page 525 Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Defau...

Page 859: ... set the line voice prompt language You can choose either the Primary Language or the Secondary Language To activate a different primary or Secondary Language see 4203 Voice Prompts Active System Voice Prompt Languages page 879 Features None IntraMail Features Bilingual Voice Prompts page 443 Options 1 for Primary Language 2 for Secondary Language Default 1 for Primary Language ...

Page 860: ...his option to specify the Line Group 0 8 selected when an incoming remote Tie Line callers dials 9 to place an outgoing call This is the Line Group in the local system used by the remote Tie Line caller for placing outgoing calls Features Tie Lines page 344 IntraMail Features None Options 90 98 for Line Groups 90 98 Default 90 3141 02 Tie Line Caller s Operator Extension Operator Ext Use this opti...

Page 861: ...cess Line xx Access Use this option to set up a line access matrix between each Tie Line in the local system and each outgoing line in the local system For each Tie Lie 1 64 you can assign the access type for each of the 64 lines in the local system This option further restricts which local system lines an incoming remote tie line caller can access for outgoing calls Features Tie Lines page 344 In...

Page 862: ...e or disable the extension s outgoing access to each Line Group 90 98 Use this option to enable or disable Line Group Access for incoming remote Tie Line callers If enabled for a Line Group remote Tie Line callers will be able to use that group in the local system for outgoing calls You separately enable this option for each of the 9 Line Groups 90 98 The access matrix you set up in 3142 01 64 Tie...

Page 863: ...program a line into a group only if the line is on an installed COIU PCB If you program a line into a group and then remove its PCB the sys tem automatically removes the line from the group The following chart shows how you could set up Line Group 90 with lines 1 8 enter in descending order When placing an outgoing call using group 90 the system will try line 8 first and line 1 last Features Line ...

Page 864: ...he telco Options 3301 01 Number of DID Digits DID Digits Use this option to specify the number of incoming DID digits expected from the telco This entry should match the type of DID service the telco provides The DID Translation Table will use the last 3 digits pro vided by telco for routing and ignore the rest By default this option is 3 digits Features Direct Inward Dialing page 99 IntraMail Fea...

Page 865: ... 300 when the system is in the night mode Default Routing By default the system uses the last 2 digits of the DID string to route to extensions 300 399 because The first entry in the table is i e wild card representing any received 3 digit string The day routing is 3 i e the last 2 digits of the received string are used to route to the corresponding extension beginning with 3 For example a DID blo...

Page 866: ...ation for the incoming DID digits Features Direct Inward Dialing page 99 IntraMail Features None Options Digits 1 8 digits using 0 9 wild card representing any digit Default 3 for entry 001 All other table entries blank 3302 01 Night Translation Destination Night Translation For the table entry you are programming use this option to designate the night mode destination for the incoming DID digits ...

Page 867: ...02 01 MFC Category MFC Category For E1 lines only use this option to set the MFC Dialing Category for each DID Table entry This option is not used in North America The available options are Features None IntraMail Features None Options 0 for Normal 1 for Without Charge 2 for Called Party Release Default 0 1403 DID MFC Dialing Category Options Option Description 0 Normal 1 Without charge 2 Called P...

Page 868: ... Access Digits Use this option to enter codes into the PBX Access Codes Table You can enter up to 10 PBX Access Codes Each code is either 1 or 2 digits long using the digits 0 9 and You can use as a wild card character that can be entered in any position Features PBX Centrex Compatibility page 270 IntraMail Features None Options Digits 2 max using 0 9 and with as a wild card representing any digit...

Page 869: ...ion Country Type Toll Restrict Type Use this option to set the Toll Restriction country type You should select US Domestic 1 for systems installed in North America Features Toll Restriction page 351 IntraMail Features None Options 1 for US Domestic North American Toll Restriction 2 for Latin American Toll Restriction Default 1 3501 02 Emergency Number Emergency Num This option is fixed at 911 for ...

Page 870: ...ption Use this program to enable or disable Active Key Pad continuous dialing Options 3511 01 Active Key Pad Active Dial Pad Use this option to enable or disable Active Key Pad continuous dialing for outside calls Features Toll Restriction page 351 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Enabled ...

Page 871: ... Restriction page 351 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Enabled 3512 02 Allow 011 XXX International Dialing Allow 011 XXX Use this option to enable or disable 011 international dialing Features Toll Restriction page 351 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Enabled 3512 03 Allow 101x Equal Access Dialing Allow 101X This op...

Page 872: ...1 Enabled 3512 04 Allow N11 Dialing Allow N11 Use this option to enable or disable dialing N11 services such as directory assistance 411 and repair 611 This option does not restrict 911 or 1 911 calls These calls are always allowed Features Toll Restriction page 351 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Enabled ...

Page 873: ...iction 351x Options 3513 International Dialing DSX Software Manual Line Options 3101 3714 843 Line 3101 3715 3513 International Dialing Description This program is not applicable to systems installed in North America ...

Page 874: ...or example the entry 2 0 represents 200 through 290 The Verified Account Code Table can hold up to 96 entries Options 3521 01 Initialize Table Initialize Table Use this option to initialize the 1010 XXX Equal Access Dialing Table Features Toll Restriction page 351 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Initialize the 1010 XXX Equal Access Dialing Table Yes 1 Do not initialize the 1010 XXX Equal Acce...

Page 875: ...ptions 3101 3714 845 Line 3101 3715 3522 Table Entries 3522 xx Table Data Dial Code Use this option to enter data into the 1010 Equal Access Dialing Table You can enter up to 96 codes Features Toll Restriction page 351 IntraMail Features None Options 3 digits using 0 9 is a wild card entry representing any digit ...

Page 876: ...to 96 entries Do not enter either 911 or 1911 into the table When a user presses a line key and dials either 911 or 1911 the system immediately bypasses all Toll Restriction and Account Code programming and routes the call Options 3531 01 Initialize Table Initialize Table Use this option to initialize the 1 NPA NXX Dialing 3 Digit Table Features Toll Restriction page 351 IntraMail Features None Op...

Page 877: ...e Options 3101 3714 847 Line 3101 3715 3532 Table Entries 3532 xx Table Data Dial Code Use this option to enter data into the 1 NPA NXX Dialing 3 Digit Table You can enter up to 96 codes Features Toll Restriction page 351 IntraMail Features None Options 3 digits using 0 9 is a wild card entry representing any digit ...

Page 878: ...n hold up to 96 entries Do not enter either 911 or 1911 into the table When a user presses a line key and dials either 911 or 1911 the system immediately bypasses all Toll Restriction and Account Code programming and routes the call Options 3541 01 Initialize Table Initialize Table Use this option to initialize the 1 NPA NXX Dialing 6 Digit Table Features Toll Restriction page 351 IntraMail Featur...

Page 879: ...l Line Options 3101 3714 849 Line 3101 3715 3542 Table Entries 3542 xx Table Data Dial Code Use this option to enter data into the 1 NPA NXX Dialing 6 Digit Table You can enter up to 96 codes Features Toll Restriction page 351 IntraMail Features None Options 3 digits using 0 9 is a wild card entry representing any digit ...

Page 880: ...o 96 entries Do not enter either 911 or 1911 into the table When a user presses a line key and dials either 911 or 1911 the system immediately bypasses all Toll Restriction and Account Code programming and routes the call Options 3551 01 Initialize Table Initialize Table Use this option to initialize the NPA NXX Dialing 3 Digit Table Features Toll Restriction page 351 IntraMail Features None Optio...

Page 881: ...e Options 3101 3714 851 Line 3101 3715 3552 Table Entries 3552 xx Table Data Dial Code Use this option to enter data into the NPA NXX Dialing 3 Digit Table You can enter up to 96 codes Features Toll Restriction page 351 IntraMail Features None Options 3 digits using 0 9 is a wild card entry representing any digit ...

Page 882: ...ld up to 96 entries Do not enter either 911 or 1911 into the table When a user presses a line key and dials either 911 or 1911 the system immediately bypasses all Toll Restriction and Account Code programming and routes the call Options 3561 01 Initialize Table Initialize Table Use this option to initialize the NPA NXX Dialing 6 Digit Table Features Toll Restriction page 351 IntraMail Features Non...

Page 883: ... Line Options 3101 3714 853 Line 3101 3715 3562 Table Entries 3562 xx Table Data Dial Code Use this option to enter data into the NPA NXX Dialing 6 Digit Table You can enter up to 96 codes Features Toll Restriction page 351 IntraMail Features None Options 3 digits using 0 9 is a wild card entry representing any digit ...

Page 884: ...0 9 You can use the character as a wild card which can be entered in any position in a Verified Account Code A wild card allows the user to dial any digit in that position For example the entry 11 1 represents entries 1101 1111 1121 etc The Verified Account Code Table can hold up to 1000 entries Do not enter either 911 or 1911 into the Verified Account Codes Table When a user presses a line key an...

Page 885: ...8 Caller ID Logging Group Size CID Group 1 Log Size Determine the total number of Caller ID records that can be stored in each Caller ID Group Each group can contain up to 99 records When assigning records you cannot exceed the total allowed by the system 1000 For example if you attempt to assign 50 records and there are only 10 left the system will automatically change your entry to 10 Features C...

Page 886: ... or Line Group Features Caller ID Logging page 68 IntraMail Features Caller ID and Voice Mail page 456 Make Call page 525 Options 0 for none 1 for line 2 for Line Group Default 0 3711 01 Caller ID Callback Line Callback Line For a type 1 line Caller ID callback route use this option to select the line 1 64 the system will use when placing the callback Features Caller ID Logging page 68 IntraMail F...

Page 887: ...oup Callback Group For a type 2 Line Group Caller ID callback route use this option to select the Line Group 90 98 the sys tem will use when placing the callback Features Caller ID Logging page 68 IntraMail Features Caller ID and Voice Mail page 456 Make Call page 525 Options 90 98 Line Group 90 98 Undefined entered by pressing CLEAR Default Undefined ...

Page 888: ...tion List Table page 862 Features Caller ID Logging page 68 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Exit the option without initializing Yes 1 Initialize the Caller ID Dial Treatment Tables Default N A 3712 02 10 Digit Local Calls 10 Digit Local Calls Use this option to indicate if the system is installed in an area that uses 10 digit local calling Enable this option if the system is in a 10 digit lo...

Page 889: ...Options DSX Software Manual Line Options 3101 3714 859 Line 3101 3715 3712 03 Home Area Code Exception List Type HNPA Exception Type Use this option to set the Home Area Code Exception List type toll or local Features Caller ID Logging page 68 IntraMail Features None Options 0 for local 1 for toll Default 0 ...

Page 890: ...nment in this program so that Caller ID can properly process callbacks return calls Options 3712 03 Home Area Code Exception List Type through 3715 01 96 Foreign Area Code Excep tion List Table Data determine how the system redials Caller ID calls received as 10 digits or less This is the US standard i e the leading 1 is not received from telco for long distance calls If the system is in an area w...

Page 891: ...u enter as local codes All other NPA NXX combinations within your home area code are flagged as toll calls If 3712 02 10 Digit Local Calls is enabled the system dials all local calls as 10 digit NPA NNX xxxx If 3712 02 10 Digit Local Calls is disabled the system strips the NPA and dials all local calls as 7 digit NXX xxxx When set up as a Toll Table the system identifies the NPA NXX codes you ente...

Page 892: ...t Table Options 3715 01 96 Foreign Area Code Exception List Table Data xx Dial Code If your dialing area has calls in an adjacent area code that are local calls enter those codes in this table If the system finds the code in the table it will dial it as 10 digit without the leading 1 If the system does not find the code the system will outdial it as 1 10 digit Features Caller ID Logging page 68 In...

Page 893: ...gram to set the voice mail type and master number Options 4101 01 Voice Mail Type VM Type Use this option to set the type of voice mail connected to your system Features Message Waiting page 238 Voice Mail page 372 IntraMail Features None Options 0 for none 1 for Built In Automated Attendant 2 for IntraMail 3 for UltraMail DSX 80 160 only 4 for external Default 1 with IntraMail installed 3 with Ul...

Page 894: ...ual 4101 02 Voice Mail Master Number VM UCD Master Use this option to set the voice mail master extension number e g 700 In most installations you should not change this option from its default setting 700 Features Voice Mail page 372 IntraMail Features None Options Extension number using 0 9 3 digits max Default 700 ...

Page 895: ...user calls a voice mail port either by pressingV MAIL or dialing the master number You should always end the name with the character The system substitutes the port number for the Using the default name VM PORT for example the keyset display shows VM PORT 1 when calling port 1 Features Voice Mail page 372 IntraMail Features None Options See Name Programming Chart page 867 Default VM PORT 4111 02 V...

Page 896: ...ou to restrict Message Notification callouts placed during the day Features None IntraMail Features Message Notification page 535 Options 0 7 for Toll Levels 0 7 Default 0 4111 04 Voice Mail Port Toll Restriction Level Night Night Toll Level Use this option to set the night mode Toll Restriction Level for all voice mail ports This allows you to restrict Message Notification callouts placed at nigh...

Page 897: ...f 3 4 G H I g h i 4 5 J K L j k l 5 6 M N O m n o 6 7 P Q R S p q r s 7 8 T U V t u v 8 9 W X Y Z w x y z 9 0 space 0 Not used Not used After selecting a letter press a key for another letter or wait 2 seconds for the cursor to automatically advance Additional Name Programming Options HOLD Save name SPEAKER Exit user name programming Volume Up Scroll the cursor to the right Volume Down Scroll the ...

Page 898: ...p for voice mail ports Whenever a voice mail port dials 9 the sys tem accesses the first available line in the group specified by this option This may occur when voice mail is processing Message Notification callouts Features None IntraMail Features Message Notification page 535 Options 90 98 for line groups 90 98 Default 90 4112 02 Operator s Extension Operator Ext Assign the voice mail operator ...

Page 899: ...escription Use this program to set the voice mail outgoing line access Options 4113 xx Outgoing Line xx Access Line xx Access Use this option to set the voice mail port s access options for lines no access incoming only outgoing only or full access Features None IntraMail Features Message Notification page 535 Options 0 for no access 1 for incoming access only 2 for outgoing access only 3 for full...

Page 900: ...oing Line Group Access Description Use this program to set the voice mail Line Group access Options 4114 xx Outgoing Line Group xx Access Group xx Access Use this option to enable or disable the voice mail port s outgoing access to each Line Group 90 98 Features None IntraMail Features Message Notification page 535 Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default Yes 1 Enabled ...

Page 901: ... 01 Outgoing Message Length OGM Msg Length Use this option to set the maximum length of recorded outgoing messages Outgoing messages include Announcement Mailbox Messages Call Routing Mailbox Instruction Menus Directory Dialing Messages Greetings for Subscriber Mailboxes Message On Hold Features None IntraMail Features Announcement Mailbox page 412 Call Routing Mailbox page 450 Directory Dialing p...

Page 902: ...mes the Subscriber Message Length Since the Conversation Record time cannot exceed 4095 seconds any settings in Subscriber Message Length larger than 409 have no effect on the length of recorded conversations Features None IntraMail Features Conversation Record page 462 Leaving a Message page 509 Log Onto Voice Mail page 515 Message Length page 533 Quick Message page 560 Record and Send a Message ...

Page 903: ...o acknowledge and then enters the wrong security code By default this interval is 20 minutes Features None IntraMail Features Message Notification page 535 Options 1 255 minutes Default 20 4202 02 Wait Between Digital Pager Callout Attempts Pager Notif Interval Use this option to set minimum time between unacknowledged or unanswered digital pager Message Notifi cation callouts A subscriber acknowl...

Page 904: ...are Manual 4202 03 Wait Between Busy Non Pager Callout Attempts Busy Notif Interval Use this option to set how long IntraMail will wait after it dials a busy non pager callout destination before retrying the callout number Features None IntraMail Features Message Notification page 535 Options 1 255 minutes Default 15 ...

Page 905: ...y happens if someone unfamiliar with notifica tion answers the callout or if the callout is picked up by an answering machine If the destination answers and then hangs up without saying Hello This typically happens if someone unfamiliar with the notification answers the callout like the above example or if the call is picked up by an answering machine with insufficient outgoing message volume Feat...

Page 906: ... Attempts Use this option to set how many times IntraMail will retry an incomplete Message Notification callout This total includes unacknowledged callouts callouts to a busy destination and callouts to an unanswered desti nation This option applies to pager and non pager callouts Features None IntraMail Features Message Notification page 535 Options 1 99 attempts Default 5 ...

Page 907: ...ervice tele phone number Normally this option should be X M where X is the number of the extension that generated the notification is a visual delimiter to make the pager display easier to read M is the number of new messages in the extension s mailbox is the digit normally used by the pager service for positive disconnect Features None IntraMail Features Message Notification page 535 Options Digi...

Page 908: ...gital Pager Callback Number The system assumes that the notification number will complete dialing approximately 4 seconds after line seizure This means that by default the Digital Pager Callback Number will be dialed into the pager service about 13 seconds after line seizure Features None IntraMail Features Message Notification page 535 Options 0 99 seconds Default 9 ...

Page 909: ...language that doesn t exist e g 3 6 system will use the default language 1 English mnemonic Features None IntraMail Features Bilingual Voice Prompts page 443 Options 1 for US English Mnemonic 2 for US English Numeric 3 6 Not used Default 1 US English Mnemonic 4203 02 Secondary Voice Prompt Language Secondary Lang Use this option to set the primary IntraMail voice prompt language There are six poss...

Page 910: ...utside caller will hear the instruction menu and can dial any options allowed by the associated Dial Action Table If the Default Mailbox is a Directory Dialing Mailbox the outside caller will hear the Directory Dial ing Message and can reach an extension by dialing the first few letters of the person s name If the Default Mailbox is a Subscriber Mailbox the outside caller hears the mailbox greetin...

Page 911: ...on Table If the Default Mailbox is a Directory Dialing Mailbox the outside caller will hear the Directory Dial ing Message and can reach an extension by dialing the first few letters of the person s name If the Override Mailbox is a Subscriber Mailbox the outside caller hears the mailbox greeting if recorded and can leave a message Features None IntraMail Features Answer Schedule Override page 418...

Page 912: ... runs for a range of days For this type of schedule you select The day of the week the schedule should start The day of the week the schedule should stop The time on the start day the schedule should start The time on the stop day the schedule should stop The Call Routing or Announcement Mailbox used to answer the calls 3 Date A type 3 Answer Schedule runs only on a specific day of the year For th...

Page 913: ... greeting if recorded and can leave a message Features None IntraMail Features Answer Tables page 420 Options 1 16 for Routing Mailboxes 1 16 600 607 for Ring Group Mailboxes 600 607 700 707 for UCD Group Mailboxes 700 707 300 427 for Subscriber Mailboxes 300 427 0 for undefined Default Answer Schedule 1 for Answer Table 1 uses Routing Mailbox 1 It is a type 2 Range of Days sched ule that runs Mon...

Page 914: ...wer Schedule 1 for Answer Table 1 stops on day 5 It is a type 2 Range of Days schedule that runs Monday through Friday from 8 30 AM to 5 00 PM All other Answer Schedules are undefined 4212 01 10 Schedule Run Date Entry xx Date MM DD Use this option to specify the day of the week a type 3 Date schedule should run This option does not apply to type 1 Day of Week and type 2 Range of Days schedules Fe...

Page 915: ...ry xx Start Time HH MM Use this option to specify the time of day the schedule should start It applies to all schedule types Features None IntraMail Features Answer Tables page 420 Options HHMM for time of day in 24 hour format For example for 8 00AM enter 0800 Default Answer Schedule 1 for Answer Table 1 is a type 2 Range of Days schedule that starts Monday at 8 30 AM ...

Page 916: ...Time HH MM Use this option to specify the time of day the schedule should stop It applies to all schedule types Features None IntraMail Features Answer Tables page 420 Options HHMM for time of day in 24 hour format For example for 8 00AM enter 0800 Default Answer Schedule 1 for Answer Table 1 is a type 2 Range of Days schedule that starts Monday at 8 30 AM ...

Page 917: ...a Day of Week schedule and runs on Wednesday from 9 00 AM to 10 00 AM and uses Announcement Mailbox 9 The Default Mailbox normally Call Routing Mailbox 1 answers at all other times not covered by the Schedules 1 3 When setting up Answer Tables with multiple types build the Answer Schedules in the following order 1 Range of Days 2 Day of Week 3 Date Type 1 Day of Week Example Answer Table 1 Schedul...

Page 918: ...h Saturday from 08 30 AM through 5 00 PM and answers with Announcement Mailbox 8 The Default Mailbox usually Call Routing Mailbox 1 answers at all other times not covered by Sched ules 1 and 2 When setting up Answer Tables with multiple types build the Answer Schedules in the following order 1 Range of Days 2 Day of Week 3 Date Type 2 Range of Days Example Answer Table 1 Schedule 1 Schedule Type 2...

Page 919: ... schedule that only runs on Christmas day from 8 00 AM to 5 00 PM and answers with Announcement Mailbox 9 The Default Mailbox usually Call Routing Mailbox 1 answers at all other times not covered by Sched ules 1 3 When setting up Answer Tables with multiple types build the Answer Schedules in the following order 1 Range of Days 2 Day of Week 3 Date Type 3 Date Example Answer Table 1 Schedule 1 Sch...

Page 920: ...age 450 Directory Dialing page 469 Directory Dialing Mailbox page 475 Options 0 for none 1 for Call Routing Mailbox 2 Announcement Mailbox 3 Directory Dialing Mailbox Default Routing Mailboxes 0 7 are Call Routing Mailboxes 1 Routing Mailboxes 8 15 are Announcement Mailboxes 2 4221 02 Routing Mailbox Voice Prompt Language Voice Prompts Use this option to set the Routing Mailbox voice prompt langua...

Page 921: ... 16 Dial Action Table 1 16 Default 1 4222 02 Time Limit for Dialing Commands Dialing Timeout This option determines how long IntraMail will wait for an Automated Attendant caller who doesn t dial before routing the call to the Timeout destination Be sure your Dial Action Tables have a Timeout action programmed If the caller waits too long to dial When the associated Dial Action Table has a Timeout...

Page 922: ...l detect incoming fax CNG tone The fax will then route to the fax machine specified in 4222 05 Fax Extension below If disabled the Call Routing Mailbox will not detect incoming fax calls Features None IntraMail Features Fax Detection page 485 Options No 0 Disabled Yes 1 Enabled Default No 0 Disabled 4222 05 Fax Extension Fax Transfer Ext Use this option to specify the extension number of the fax m...

Page 923: ...4223 02 Hang Up After and 4223 03 Next Call Routing Mailbox when providing routing options For a detailed explanation of the interaction of these options turn to the fol lowing charts Direct Announcement Mailbox Routing page 413 Routed Announcement Mailbox Routing page 414 Features None IntraMail Features Announcement Mailbox page 412 Next Call Routing Mailbox page 552 Options 1 10 Announcement re...

Page 924: ...ional routing options to the Automated Attendant callers This option interacts with 4223 01 Repeat Count and 4223 02 Hang Up After below For a detailed explanation of the interaction of these options turn to the following charts Direct Announcement Mailbox Routing page 413 Routed Announcement Mailbox Routing page 414 Features None IntraMail Features Announcement Mailbox page 412 Next Call Routing ...

Page 925: ... specify which Directory List the Directory Dialing Mailbox should use The Directory Dialing Mailbox can only call Subscriber Mailboxes that are in the list specified by this option Features None IntraMail Features Directory Dialing page 469 Options 1 8 for Directory List 1 8 Default 1 4224 02 Time Limit for Dialing Commands Dialing Timeout This option determines how long IntraMail will wait for t...

Page 926: ...ned Transfer Timeout STRF Timeout Use this option to set how long a Screened Transfer STRF from the Directory Dialing Mailbox will ring an unanswered extension before recalling Features None IntraMail Features Directory Dialing page 469 Extension Hunting to Voice Mail page 478 Screened Transfer page 567 Options 1 255 seconds 0 for immediate recall Default 15 ...

Page 927: ... For example Features None IntraMail Features Directory Dialing page 469 Options 1 for first 2 for last Default 1 4224 05 Minimum Number of Letters Required Minimum Letters Use this option to specify the minimum number of letters the caller should dial in order to be routed by the Directory Dialing Mailbox Callers must dial this minimum number of letters followed by Features None IntraMail Feature...

Page 928: ...101 4231 DSX Software Manual 4224 06 Transfer Options Transfer Option Use this option to define the action Directory Dialing uses when routing a call Screened or Unscreened Transfer Features None IntraMail Features Directory Dialing page 469 Options 1 for Screened Transfer STRF 2 for Unscreened Transfer UTRF Default 1 ...

Page 929: ...ing to the Directory Dialing Message they route immediately to the Next Call Routing Mailbox and listen to the recorded Instruction Menu Message for that mailbox Features None IntraMail Features Directory Dialing page 469 Options 1 16 for Routing Mailboxes 1 16 0 for undefined Default 0 4224 08 Fax Detection Fax Detection Use this option to enable or disable Fax Detection for the Directory Dialing...

Page 930: ...ansfer Ext Use this option to specify the extension number of the fax machine associated with the Directory Dialing Mailbox When the Direct Dialing Mailbox answers a call and detects fax CNG tone it automatically transfers the call to this extension Features None IntraMail Features Directory Dialing page 469 Options Extension number 0 999 None entered by pressing CLEAR Default None ...

Page 931: ...l an extension number or 0 for the operator Automated Attendant Answering Default All Lines Use Answer Table 1 Which Chooses Call Routing Mailbox 001 And Dial Action Table 1 With these dialing options Automated Attendant V MAIL SA I 001 Built In Automated Attendant AG 001 422x Routing Mailboxes 001 Call Routing Mailbox 001 4212 Schedule 4211 01 Default Mailbox To record a new Instruction Menu Mess...

Page 932: ...UTRF to 300 Unscreened Transfer to 300 UND Undefined 1 UND Undefined UND Undefined 2 UND Undefined UND Undefined 3 UTRF to XXX Unscreened Transfer to user dialed extension UND Undefined 4 UTRF to XXX Unscreened Transfer to user dialed extension UND Undefined 5 UND Undefined UND Undefined 6 UND Undefined UND Undefined 7 UND Undefined UND Undefined 8 UND Undefined UND Undefined 9 HNGUP Hangup UND Un...

Page 933: ...Undefined Routing page 586 Unscreened Transfer page 587 Options STRF for Screened Transfer dial 1 UTRF for Unscreened Transfer dial 2 REC1 for Quick Message with Greeting dial 3 REC2 for Quick Message without Greeting dial 4 LOGON for Log Onto Voice Mail dial 5 Hang Up for Hang up dial 6 GOTO for go to a mailbox dial 7 UND for undefined routing dial 0 Default See the Dial Action Table Default Sett...

Page 934: ...o a UCD Group page 585 Undefined Routing page 586 Unscreened Transfer page 587 Options Extension number using 0 9 and N for no routing press Feature Key 1 I for ignore caller dialed digit press Feature Key 2 X for caller dialed digit press Feature Key 3 P for pause press Feature Key 4 Default See the Dial Action Table Default Settings page 902 ...

Page 935: ...d be XXX Note that the key you choose for this action is the first digit of the called extension number For example to allow callers to place Screened Transfers to extensions 300 399 for key 3 enter STRF for the Action and XXX for the corresponding Routing To have Screened Transfer call a specific extension the corresponding Routing option should be that exten sion s number The caller then dials t...

Page 936: ...git of the called extension number For example to allow callers to place Unscreened Transfers to extensions 300 399 for key 3 enter UTRF for the Action and XXX for the corresponding Routing To have Unscreened Transfer call a specific extension the corresponding Routing option should be that extension s number The caller then dials that single digit to reach the extension For example to have caller...

Page 937: ... leave a Quick Message at any caller dialed extension the corresponding Routing option should be IXXX To have the caller leave a Quick Message at a caller dialed extension in a specific range the corresponding Routing option should be XXX For example to allow callers to leave a Quick Message extensions 300 399 for key 3 enter REC1 for the Action and XXX for the corresponding Routing Features None ...

Page 938: ...ion number To have the caller leave a Quick Message at any caller dialed extension the corresponding Routing option should be IXXX To have the caller leave a Quick Message at a caller dialed extension in a specific range the corresponding Routing option should be XXX For example to allow callers to leave a Quick Message extensions 300 399 for key 3 enter REC2 for the Action and XXX for the corresp...

Page 939: ...Attendant request callers to enter the number of the Subscriber Mailbox into which they wish to log for key 3 enter LOGON for the Action and N for the correspond ing Routing When callers dial 3 they hear Please enter your mailbox number To have IntraMail require Automated Attendant callers to enter a Subscriber Mailbox to log into without playing an announcement enter XXX in the corresponding Rout...

Page 940: ... and immediately hangs up Routing There is no entry required in the corresponding Routing option Features None IntraMail Features Hang Up page 506 Options for Action 6 for Hang Up Options for Routing Digits using 0 8 and 8 max N for no routing press Feature Key 1 I for ignore caller dialed digit press Feature Key 2 X for caller dialed digit press Feature Key 3 P for pause press Feature Key 4 Defau...

Page 941: ...o have IntraMail require Automated Attendant callers to enter a Routing Mailbox to go to enter XXX in the corresponding Routing option The key you choose must represent the first digit in the mailbox numbers For example to allow callers to go to mailboxes 1 16 for key 0 enter GOTO for the Action and XXX for the corresponding Routing To log into any valid Routing Mailbox enter IXXX in the correspon...

Page 942: ...tendant caller presses an undefined key they hear That is an invalid entry The caller can then dial another option Features N A IntraMail Features None Options for Action 0 for undefined Options for Routing Digits using 0 8 and 8 max N for no routing press Feature Key 1 I for ignore caller dialed digit press Feature Key 2 X for caller dialed digit press Feature Key 3 P for pause press Feature Key ...

Page 943: ...le to set up a STRF Action to route to any caller dialed extension in the 300 399 range for digit 3 enter STRF for the Action and XXX for the corresponding Routing Features None IntraMail Features Dial Action Table page 465 Options X for caller dialed digit press Feature Key 3 Default See the Dial Action Table Default Settings page 902 Ignore Digits I Use the I option to represent any digit dialed...

Page 944: ... to exit press the pound key Features None IntraMail Features Dial Action Table page 465 Options N for no routing press Feature Key 1 Default See the Dial Action Table Default Settings page 902 Pause P Use the P option when you want the Automated Attendant to pause while dialing This option is typically used with the Centrex Transfer feature to give the system adequate time to dial the stored Syst...

Page 945: ... 90xx Utilities 900x Reset Reset Utilities 9001 System System Reset Description Use this program to reset the system Options 9001 01 System Reset System Use this option to reset the system A reset will restart the system with all the programming intact Features None IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Exit without resetting Yes 1 Reset Default No 0 Exit without resetting ...

Page 946: ...set Description Use this program to reset a station port 9002 01 Station Reset Station Use this option to reset a station port A reset will restart the specific extension with all the programming intact You cannot reset the secondary port of a 2PGDAD Module Door Box port Features None IntraMail Features None Options Extension Number Default None ...

Page 947: ...alize System Description Use this program to initialize the system Options 9011 01 System Initialization System Use this option to initialize the system database Features Regional Defaults page 286 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Exit without initializing Yes 1 Initialize Default 1 Warning Initializing the system erases all your programmed entries and replaces them with the factory installed ...

Page 948: ...rogram to initialize Toll Restriction Options 9012 01 Initialize Toll Restriction Toll Restrict Use this option to initialize Toll Restriction You should initialize Toll Restriction before using if for the first time This will also initialize Caller ID Tables 3711 through 3715 Features Toll Restriction page 351 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Initialize Toll Restriction Yes 1 Do not initializ...

Page 949: ...alize the Caller ID logs system wide Options 9013 01 Initialize Caller ID Logs CID Logs Use this option to initialize clear all the Caller ID logs system wide This utility clears all the personal logs as well as all the group logs It has no effect on other Caller ID programming Features Caller ID page 63 Caller ID Logging page 68 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Initialize Caller ID Logs Yes 1...

Page 950: ...se this program to initialize Distinctive Ringing system wide Options 9014 01 Initialize Ring Tones Ring Use this option to initialize all ring tones system wide This returns all ring tones on all extensions to their default settings Features Distinctive Ringing page 135 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Do not initialize ringing system wide Yes 1 Initialize ringing system wide Default None ...

Page 951: ...urn to the following page for help using 9021 Station Copy Default None 9021 Station Copy Program Options Option Station Program Option Station Program 01 2101 Type Station Type 1 13 2122 Ring Override 02 2102 Access 14 2123 BLF 03 2103 Ringing 15 2124 Soft Keys 04 2104 Display 16 2131 Lines 05 2111 Features 17 2132 Ringing 06 2112 Speaker Control 18 2133 Line Groups 07 2113 Groups 19 2141 Type Ma...

Page 952: ...ress HOLD You see From Extension 4 Enter the source extension number HOLD You see To Extension This is the extension from which the data will be copied 5 Enter the target extension number HOLD You see Thru Extension This is the extension to which the data will be copied If you are copying data to a range of extensions this is the first lowest extension in the range 6 Do one of the following a If c...

Page 953: ...The table below shows the programs you can copy Features None IntraMail Features None Options Turn to the following page for help using 9022 Line Copy Default None 9022 Line Copy Program Options Option Line Program Option Line Program 01 3101 Type Line Type 1 7 3121 Settings Caller ID 02 3102 Access 8 3122 Groups Caller ID 03 3103 Settings 9 3131 Settings Voice Mail 04 3111 Features 10 3141 Dialin...

Page 954: ...h the selections 3 Press HOLD You see From Line 4 Enter the source line number HOLD You see To Line This is the line from which the data will be copied 5 Enter the target line number HOLD You see Thru Line This is the line to which the data will be copied If you are copying data to a range of lines this is the first lowest line in the range 6 Do one of the following a If copying data to a single l...

Page 955: ...sions Options 9031 01 Station Swap Swap with Ext This option allows you swap two extensions This swaps all the programming between the two extensions If the extension being swapped is a 2PGDAD Module Door Box port with the secondary port assigned this program will also swap the secondary port Features None IntraMail Features None Options See below Default None Using 9031 01 Station Swap To swap tw...

Page 956: ... Line Swap it is no longer necessary to install and wire cross connect blocks to easily swap two lines Options 9032 01 Line Swap Swap with Ext This option allows you swap two line circuits Features None IntraMail Features None Options See below Default None Using 9032 01 Line Swap To swap two lines 1 Access option 9032 01 2 Press TRANSFER and select the first line extension number 3 Press HOLD and...

Page 957: ... up the system database to a CompactFlash Card You can use 9042 Restore page 928 to restore the saved data Features System Programming Backup and Restore page 335 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Do not backup Yes 1 Start backup Default None Using 9041 01 Backup To backup your DSX system database 1 Insert your CompactFlash card into the system s IntraMail CompactFlash Card slot You can use you...

Page 958: ... 01 Restore from CompactFlash Restore from CF Use this option to restore the system database previously saved to a CompactFlash Card using 9041 Backup page 927 Features System Programming Backup and Restore page 335 IntraMail Features None Options No 0 Do not restore Yes 1 Start restore Default None Using 9042 01 Restore To restore your DSX system database 1 Insert your CompactFlash card into the ...

Page 959: ...ion 101x ID 1011 Name 1011 01 System Name 1011 02 Telephone Number Name Programming Chart 102x Time 1021 Set Time and Date 1021 01 System Time 1021 02 System Date 1022 Daylight Savings Time 1022 01 Automatic Daylight Savings Time Setting 1023 Internet Network Time Server NTS 1023 01 Network Time Server Name 103x Programming 1031 Password Entry 1031 01 New Password 11xx CPU 110x I O 1101 RS232 Sett...

Page 960: ... Station Port Assignment 121x Lines 1211 Lines Line Card Type 1211 01 Card Type 1212 Ports 1212 01 Line Port Assignment 1213 T1 E1 Card Setup 1213 01 Number of PCM Channels 1213 02 Clock Control 1213 03 Transmit Pulse Amplitude 1213 04 Framer Type 1213 05 Zero Suppression 1213 06 Loopback Mode 13xx Numbering 130x Dial Plan 1301 Digits 1301 01 10 Function Type 1301 01 10 Expected Number of Digits 1...

Page 961: ...pecial Dial Tone for Single Line Set 1403 04 High Voltage Message Waiting Lamp for Single Line Set 1403 05 FSK Message Waiting Lamp for Single Line Set 1403 06 Loop Disconnect for Single Line Set 1404 Caller ID 1404 01 Caller ID Display 1404 02 Second Call Caller ID 1404 03 Third Party Caller ID 1404 04 Caller ID Display Separator 1404 05 Outgoing ANI Privacy 1404 06 Caller ID Alert Lamp 1405 Dist...

Page 962: ...511 Display 1511 01 Name Format 1511 02 Clock Display Format 1512 Calls 1512 01 Automatic Handsfree 1512 02 Call Waiting Tones 1513 Intercom 1513 01 Intercom Voice Announcements 1513 02 Handsfree Reply Handsfree Answerback 152x MOH BGM 1521 Setup 1521 01 Enable Music on Hold 1521 02 Music on Hold for Transferred Calls 1521 03 Background Music Source 1521 04 Background Music over External Page 1521...

Page 963: ...603 01 Transfer Recall Timer 1603 02 Hold Recall Timer 1603 03 Exclusive Hold Recall Timer 1603 04 Park Orbit Recall Timer 1604 Station Timers 1604 01 Delay Ring Timer 1604 02 Call Coverage Delay Ring Timer 1604 03 Extended Ringing Timer 1605 Control Timers 1605 01 Page Duration Timer 1605 02 Meet Me Conference Join Timer 1605 03 Door Relay Unlock Timer 1605 04 Forced Program Exit Timer 1605 05 Ba...

Page 964: ...631 04 Receive Dial Pulse Minimum Make Timer 1631 05 Receive Dial Pulse Maximum Make Timer 1631 06 Receive Minimum Flash Timer 1631 07 Receive Maximum Flash Timer 1631 08 Receive Minimum Clear Signal Timer 1632 Outgoing 1632 01 Transmit Dial Pulse Break Timer 1632 02 Transmit Dial Pulse Make Timer 1632 03 Transmit Dial Pulse Interdigit Timer 1632 04 Transmit Flash Timer 1632 05 Transmit Clear Sign...

Page 965: ...swer BZL Timer 1652 11 Receive Minimum Line Block Timer 1652 12 Receive Line Block Recover Timer 1653 MFC Incoming Timers 1653 01 GI Signal Timer 1653 02 GI Tone Complete Timer 1653 03 GII Signal Timer 1653 04 GA Pulse Response Timer 1654 MFC Outgoing Timers 1654 01 GA Response Timer 1654 02 GA Tone Complete Timer 1654 03 GB Response Timer 1654 04 GB Tone Complete Timer 1654 05 GC Response Timer 1...

Page 966: ... s Recall Ring Tone 2103 07 Station s Ring A Tone 2103 08 Station s Ring B Tone 2103 09 Station s Ring C Tone 2104 Display 2104 01 Backlight Brightness While Active 2104 02 Backlight Brightness While Idle 2104 03 Key Pad Illumination 211x Options 2111 Features 2111 01 Allow Do Not Disturb 2111 02 Allow Background Music 2111 03 Enable DSS BLF Keys 2111 04 Ringing Line Preference 2111 05 Key Access ...

Page 967: ...k Signaling for Calls from Hotline Partner 2116 03 Off Hook Signaling for Incoming Outside Calls 2117 Call Logging Caller ID Logging 2117 01 Caller ID Log Type 2117 01 Caller ID Log Size 2117 01 Caller ID Log Group 212x Keys 2121 Feature Keys 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Codes 2121 01 to 24 Feature Key Data 2122 Ring Override Key Ring Override 2122 01 to 24 Key Ring Override 2123 BLF DSS Keys 2123 01...

Page 968: ... Name 22xx Ring Groups 220x Setup 2201 Identification 2201 01 Ring Group Name 2201 02 Ring Group Incoming Ring Type 221x IntraMail Ring Group Mailbox 2211 Type 2211 01 Mailbox Type 2211 01 Routing Mailbox Number 2212 Setup 2212 01 Number of Messages 2212 02 Message Retention 2212 03 System Administrator 2212 04 Ring Group Mailbox Voice Prompt Language 2213 Options 2213 01 Message Playback Order 22...

Page 969: ...to Time Stamp 2313 04 Message Waiting Lamp 2313 05 Recording Conversation Beep 2314 Auto Attendant Automated Attendant 2314 01 Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb 2314 02 Forced Unscreened Transfer 2314 03 Dialing Option 2314 04 Next Call Routing Mailbox 2314 05 Directory List Number 24xx DSS Consoles 240x Setup 2401 Config DSS Console Configuration 2401 01 DSS Owner 2402 Keys DSS Console Keys 2402 01 6...

Page 970: ...ll Level 3111 03 Dial Tone Detection 3111 04 Enable MFC Group B 3111 05 Store and Forward 3111 06 Station Message Detail Recording 3112 Termination 3112 01 Direct Termination in the Day 3112 02 Enable Day Overflow 3112 03 Day Overflow Destination 3112 04 Direct Termination at Night 3112 05 Enable Night Overflow 3112 06 Night Overflow Destination 3113 Ringing 3113 01 Pickup Group Assignment 3113 02...

Page 971: ...ming Ranges and Exceptions 3302 01 Incoming DID Digits 3302 01 Day Translation Destination 3302 01 Night Translation Destination 3302 01 MFC Category 34xx PBX 340x Setup 3401 Codes 3401 01 PBX Access Code Digits 35xx Toll Restriction 350x Setup 3501 Type 3501 01 Toll Restriction Country Type 3501 02 Emergency Number 351x Options 3511 Settings 3511 01 Active Key Pad 3512 U S Dialing 3512 01 Allow 0...

Page 972: ...ta 36xx AC Codes Verified Account Codes Table 360x Setup 3601 Codes 3601 xx Verified Account Code Data 37xx Caller ID System Wide Options 370x Log Groups Caller ID Logging Groups 3701 Setup 3701 01 08 Caller ID Logging Group Size 371x Callback 3711 Route 3711 01 Caller ID Callback Route Type 3711 01 Caller ID Callback Line 3711 01 Caller ID Callback Group 3712 Treatment Options Caller ID Callback ...

Page 973: ...01 Outgoing Message Length 4201 02 Incoming Message Length 4201 03 Message Backup Go Ahead Time 4202 Notification Message Notification Options 4202 01 Wait Between Non Pager Callout Attempts 4202 02 Wait Between Digital Pager Callout Attempts 4202 03 Wait Between Busy Non Pager Callout Attempts 4202 04 Wait Between RNA Non Pager Callout Attempts 4202 05 Wait for Answer Non Pager Callout Attempts 4...

Page 974: ... 03 Next Call Routing Mailbox 4224 Directory Options Directory Dialing Mailbox Options 4224 01 Directory List Number to Use 4224 02 Time Limit for Dialing Commands 4224 03 Screened Transfer Timeout 4224 04 Extension Name Match 4224 05 Minimum Number of Letters Required 4224 06 Transfer Options 4224 07 Next Call Routing Mailbox 4224 08 Fax Detection 4224 09 Fax Transfer Extension 423x Dial Actions ...

Page 975: ...12 Toll Restrictions Initialize Toll Restriction 9012 01 Initialize Toll Restriction 9013 CID Logs Initialize Caller ID Logs 9013 01 Initialize Caller ID Logs 9014 Ring Tones Initialize Ring Tones 9014 01 Initialize Ring Tones 902x Copy 9021 Station Copy 9021 01 Station Copy 9022 Line Copy 9022 01 Line Copy 903x Swap Ports 9031 Station Swap 9031 01 Station Swap 9032 Line Swap 9032 01 Line Swap 904...

Page 976: ...DSX Program List 946 DSX Program List ...

Page 977: ... Cancel 44 Call Forwarding Chaining 44 Call Forwarding Off Premises 51 Call Forwarding Toggle in a Personal Speed Dial Bin 45 Call Routing Flexible 487 Call Routing Mailbox 450 Call Screening 453 Call Timer 55 Call Waiting Camp On 58 Callback 61 Caller ID 63 Caller ID Integration with Voice Mail 63 Caller ID on the SMDR Report 63 Caller ID to Single Line Telephones 64 Display Separator 64 Second C...

Page 978: ... Schedules 486 Flexible Call Routing 487 Flexible Mailbox Numbering Plan 488 Flexible Numbering Plan 179 Forced Account Codes 14 Forced Line Disconnect 182 Forced Unscreened Transfer 489 Forwarding a Message 531 G Getting Recorded Help 490 Go to a Mailbox 491 GOTO 491 Greeting 493 Greetings for Multiple Companies 550 Group Call Pickup 184 Group Listen 187 Group Mailbox 497 Group Ring 189 Guest Mai...

Page 979: ...Call 525 Master Mailbox See Group Mailbox 527 Meet Me Conference 236 Menu Instruction 507 Mailbox Options 520 Main 523 Message Announcement 417 Listen 512 Quick 560 Message Center Mailbox 373 Message Count Display 528 Message Delete 530 Message Erase 476 Message Forward 531 Message Length 533 Message Listen Mode 534 Message Notification 535 Message on Hold 541 Message Playback Direction 543 Messag...

Page 980: ...Page Volume Adjustment 260 Ringdown Extension 293 Ringing Line Preference 295 Priority vs Prime Line 296 Rotary Dialing Callers Automatic Routing 442 Routing Undefined 586 Routing a Call Flexible 487 Routing Mailbox 566 S Save Number Dialed 298 Schedule Override 418 Schedules Flexible Answering Schedules 486 Screened Transfer 567 Screening Your Calls 453 Security Code 570 Security Code Delete for ...

Page 981: ...efined Routing 586 Unscreened Transfer 587 Unscreened Transfer Forced 489 Unsupervised Conference 367 User Greeting 493 User Mailbox See Subscriber Mailbox 574 User Programmable Features 368 V Verified Account Codes 14 Voice Mail 372 Caller ID 456 Conversation Record 372 Conversation Record Key for a Co worker s Mailbox 372 Hunting to 478 Leaving a Message 372 Logon 515 Message Center Mailbox 373 ...

Page 982: ...Index 952 Index DSX Software Manual ...

Page 983: ...ons com Other Important Telephone Numbers Sales 203 926 5450 Customer Service 203 926 5444 Customer Service FAX 203 926 5454 Technical Service 203 925 8801 Discontinued Product Service 900 990 2541 Technical Training 203 926 5430 Emergency Technical Service After Hours 203 929 7920 Excludes discontinued products ...

Page 984: ... 1093100 June 9 2006 Rev 3 Printed in U S A NEC Unified Solutions Inc 4 Forest Parkway Shelton CT 06484 TEL 203 926 5400 FAX 203 929 0535 www necunifiedsolutions com ...

Reviews:

No comments

Related manuals for DSX

Patton electronics 504 User Manual preview
504
Brand: Patton electronics Pages: 8
ID Systems PowerBox Installation Manual preview
PowerBox
Brand: ID Systems Pages: 12
Saramonic MixMic Manual preview
MixMic
Brand: Saramonic Pages: 2
Sena FreeWire SP29 User Manual preview
FreeWire SP29
Brand: Sena Pages: 25
X-Micro XWL-11BUZX User Manual preview
XWL-11BUZX
Brand: X-Micro Pages: 20
DKT Comega IPLoC D2-POM-n Quick Manual preview
IPLoC D2-POM-n
Brand: DKT Comega Pages: 24
Jabra LINK 280 - Software Manual preview
LINK 280 -
Brand: Jabra Pages: 3
U.S. Converters UCBT232EXA Datasheet & Quick Reference preview
UCBT232EXA
Brand: U.S. Converters Pages: 8
ResMed Astral 150 Information And User Manual For Qualified Professionals preview
Astral 150
Brand: ResMed Pages: 31
Mellanox Technologies MHEH28-XSC User Manual preview
MHEH28-XSC
Brand: Mellanox Technologies Pages: 42
Intel 2200BG User Manual preview
2200BG
Brand: Intel Pages: 84
SMC Networks EZ Connect g SMCWUSBT-G2 User Manual preview
EZ Connect g SMCWUSBT-G2
Brand: SMC Networks Pages: 56
Adaptec 2940U - AHA Storage Controller Ultra SCSI 20 MBps User Manual preview
2940U - AHA Storage Controller Ultra SCSI 20 MBps
Brand: Adaptec Pages: 14
SMC Networks SMC2336W-AG Specifications preview
SMC2336W-AG
Brand: SMC Networks Pages: 2
SMC Networks WiShare SMCWTVA100 User Manual preview
WiShare SMCWTVA100
Brand: SMC Networks Pages: 81
SMC Networks EZ Connect SMCWUSBS-N3 Specifiations preview
EZ Connect SMCWUSBS-N3
Brand: SMC Networks Pages: 2
SMC Networks EZ Connect SMCWUSB-G Manual preview
EZ Connect SMCWUSB-G
Brand: SMC Networks Pages: 54
SMC Networks EZ Connect SMC2435W Datasheet preview
EZ Connect SMC2435W
Brand: SMC Networks Pages: 2

Brands by name

Popular brands

Load more brands